|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc2.c: Various functions.
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
16 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
17 #endif
|
|
|
18
|
|
359
|
19 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */
|
|
|
22
|
|
7
|
23 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
24 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol));
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual.
|
|
|
28 */
|
|
|
29 int
|
|
|
30 virtual_active()
|
|
|
31 {
|
|
|
32 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because
|
|
|
33 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block"
|
|
|
34 * being used. */
|
|
|
35 if (virtual_op != MAYBE)
|
|
|
36 return virtual_op;
|
|
|
37 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL
|
|
|
38 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
39 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
40 # endif
|
|
|
41 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT)));
|
|
|
42 }
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
44 /*
|
|
|
45 * Get the screen position of the cursor.
|
|
|
46 */
|
|
|
47 int
|
|
|
48 getviscol()
|
|
|
49 {
|
|
|
50 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
52 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
53 return (int)x;
|
|
|
54 }
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /*
|
|
|
57 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line.
|
|
|
58 */
|
|
|
59 int
|
|
|
60 getviscol2(col, coladd)
|
|
|
61 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
62 colnr_T coladd;
|
|
|
63 {
|
|
|
64 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
65 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
68 pos.col = col;
|
|
|
69 pos.coladd = coladd;
|
|
|
70 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
71 return (int)x;
|
|
|
72 }
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 /*
|
|
1209
|
75 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as necessary to get the
|
|
7
|
76 * cursor in that column.
|
|
|
77 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo!
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79 int
|
|
|
80 coladvance_force(wcol)
|
|
|
81 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
82 {
|
|
|
83 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol);
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
86 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
87 else
|
|
|
88 {
|
|
|
89 /* Virtcol is valid */
|
|
|
90 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
91 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
92 }
|
|
|
93 return rc;
|
|
|
94 }
|
|
|
95 #endif
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 /*
|
|
|
98 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column.
|
|
|
99 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position.
|
|
|
100 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share
|
|
|
101 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)),
|
|
|
102 * beginning at coladd 0.
|
|
|
103 *
|
|
|
104 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
105 */
|
|
|
106 int
|
|
|
107 coladvance(wcol)
|
|
|
108 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
109 {
|
|
|
110 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol);
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL)
|
|
|
113 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
44
|
114 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB)
|
|
7
|
115 {
|
|
44
|
116 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */
|
|
7
|
117 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
118 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
119 }
|
|
|
120 return rc;
|
|
|
121 }
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /*
|
|
|
124 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol".
|
|
|
125 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
126 */
|
|
|
127 int
|
|
|
128 getvpos(pos, wcol)
|
|
|
129 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
130 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
131 {
|
|
|
132 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
133 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol);
|
|
|
134 }
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
136 static int
|
|
|
137 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol)
|
|
|
138 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
139 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */
|
|
1209
|
140 int finetune; /* change char offset for the exact column */
|
|
7
|
141 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */
|
|
|
142 {
|
|
|
143 #endif
|
|
|
144 int idx;
|
|
|
145 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
146 char_u *line;
|
|
|
147 colnr_T col = 0;
|
|
|
148 int csize = 0;
|
|
|
149 int one_more;
|
|
|
150 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
151 int head = 0;
|
|
|
152 #endif
|
|
|
153
|
|
772
|
154 one_more = (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
155 || restart_edit != NUL
|
|
7
|
156 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
772
|
157 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
782
|
160 || ((ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) && wcol < MAXCOL)
|
|
772
|
161 #endif
|
|
|
162 ;
|
|
7
|
163 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
165 if (wcol >= MAXCOL)
|
|
|
166 {
|
|
|
167 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more;
|
|
|
168 col = wcol;
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
171 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active)
|
|
|
172 {
|
|
|
173 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more;
|
|
|
174 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0)
|
|
|
175 --curwin->w_curswant;
|
|
|
176 }
|
|
|
177 #endif
|
|
|
178 }
|
|
|
179 else
|
|
|
180 {
|
|
|
181 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
182 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin);
|
|
|
183
|
|
620
|
184 if (finetune
|
|
7
|
185 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
186 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
187 && curwin->w_width != 0
|
|
|
188 # endif
|
|
|
189 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width)
|
|
|
190 {
|
|
|
191 csize = linetabsize(line);
|
|
|
192 if (csize > 0)
|
|
|
193 csize--;
|
|
|
194
|
|
620
|
195 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width
|
|
|
196 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || (int)wcol > csize + 1))
|
|
7
|
197 {
|
|
|
198 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the
|
|
620
|
199 * right screen edge. In Insert mode allow going just beyond
|
|
|
200 * the last character (like what happens when typing and
|
|
|
201 * reaching the right window edge). */
|
|
7
|
202 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1;
|
|
|
203 }
|
|
|
204 }
|
|
|
205 #endif
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 idx = -1;
|
|
|
208 ptr = line;
|
|
|
209 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
210 {
|
|
|
211 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */
|
|
|
212 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
213 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, ptr, col, &head);
|
|
39
|
214 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
|
|
7
|
215 #else
|
|
|
216 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, col);
|
|
|
217 #endif
|
|
|
218 col += csize;
|
|
|
219 }
|
|
|
220 idx = (int)(ptr - line);
|
|
|
221 /*
|
|
|
222 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check
|
|
|
223 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of
|
|
|
224 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison
|
|
|
225 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on.
|
|
|
226 */
|
|
|
227 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0))
|
|
|
228 {
|
|
|
229 idx -= 1;
|
|
|
230 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
231 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */
|
|
|
232 csize -= head;
|
|
|
233 # endif
|
|
|
234 col -= csize;
|
|
|
235 }
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
237 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
238 if (virtual_active()
|
|
|
239 && addspaces
|
|
|
240 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1))
|
|
|
241 {
|
|
|
242 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is
|
|
|
243 * filled with spaces. */
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
245 if (line[idx] == NUL)
|
|
|
246 {
|
|
|
247 /* Append spaces */
|
|
|
248 int correct = wcol - col;
|
|
|
249 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1);
|
|
|
250 int t;
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
253 return FAIL;
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t)
|
|
|
256 newline[t] = line[t];
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t)
|
|
|
259 newline[t + idx] = ' ';
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
261 newline[idx + correct] = NUL;
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
263 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
264 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx);
|
|
|
265 idx += correct;
|
|
|
266 col = wcol;
|
|
|
267 }
|
|
|
268 else
|
|
|
269 {
|
|
|
270 /* Break a tab */
|
|
|
271 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line);
|
|
|
272 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */
|
|
840
|
273 char_u *newline;
|
|
7
|
274 int t, s = 0;
|
|
|
275 int v;
|
|
|
276
|
|
840
|
277 if (-correct > csize)
|
|
|
278 return FAIL;
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 newline = alloc(linelen + csize);
|
|
|
281 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
7
|
282 return FAIL;
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
284 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++)
|
|
|
285 {
|
|
|
286 if (t != idx)
|
|
|
287 newline[s++] = line[t];
|
|
|
288 else
|
|
|
289 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++)
|
|
|
290 newline[s++] = ' ';
|
|
|
291 }
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
293 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
295 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
296 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx);
|
|
|
297 idx += (csize - 1 + correct);
|
|
|
298 col += correct;
|
|
|
299 }
|
|
|
300 }
|
|
|
301 #endif
|
|
|
302 }
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
304 if (idx < 0)
|
|
|
305 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
306 else
|
|
|
307 pos->col = idx;
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
309 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
310 pos->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
312 if (finetune)
|
|
|
313 {
|
|
|
314 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
315 {
|
|
|
316 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
317 if (!one_more)
|
|
|
318 {
|
|
|
319 colnr_T scol, ecol;
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
321 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol);
|
|
|
322 pos->coladd = ecol - scol;
|
|
|
323 }
|
|
|
324 }
|
|
|
325 else
|
|
|
326 {
|
|
|
327 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col;
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
330 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin)))
|
|
|
331 pos->coladd = b;
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
333 col += b;
|
|
|
334 }
|
|
|
335 }
|
|
|
336 #endif
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
339 /* prevent cursor from moving on the trail byte */
|
|
|
340 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
341 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
342 #endif
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 if (col < wcol)
|
|
|
345 return FAIL;
|
|
|
346 return OK;
|
|
|
347 }
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 /*
|
|
|
350 * inc(p)
|
|
|
351 *
|
|
|
352 * Increment the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
353 * Return 1 when going to the next line.
|
|
|
354 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line).
|
|
|
355 * Return -1 when at the end of file.
|
|
|
356 * Return 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
357 */
|
|
|
358 int
|
|
|
359 inc_cursor()
|
|
|
360 {
|
|
|
361 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
362 }
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 int
|
|
|
365 inc(lp)
|
|
|
366 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
367 {
|
|
|
368 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp);
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
370 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */
|
|
|
371 {
|
|
|
372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
373 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
374 {
|
|
474
|
375 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
376
|
|
|
377 lp->col += l;
|
|
|
378 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
379 }
|
|
|
380 #endif
|
|
|
381 lp->col++;
|
|
|
382 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
383 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
384 #endif
|
|
|
385 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
386 }
|
|
|
387 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */
|
|
|
388 {
|
|
|
389 lp->col = 0;
|
|
|
390 lp->lnum++;
|
|
|
391 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
392 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
393 #endif
|
|
|
394 return 1;
|
|
|
395 }
|
|
|
396 return -1;
|
|
|
397 }
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
399 /*
|
|
|
400 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
401 */
|
|
|
402 int
|
|
|
403 incl(lp)
|
|
|
404 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
405 {
|
|
|
406 int r;
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
408 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
409 r = inc(lp);
|
|
|
410 return r;
|
|
|
411 }
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 /*
|
|
|
414 * dec(p)
|
|
|
415 *
|
|
|
416 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
417 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
418 */
|
|
|
419 int
|
|
|
420 dec_cursor()
|
|
|
421 {
|
|
|
422 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
423 }
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
425 int
|
|
|
426 dec(lp)
|
|
|
427 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
428 {
|
|
|
429 char_u *p;
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
432 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
433 #endif
|
|
|
434 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */
|
|
|
435 {
|
|
|
436 lp->col--;
|
|
|
437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
438 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
439 {
|
|
|
440 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
441 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
442 }
|
|
|
443 #endif
|
|
|
444 return 0;
|
|
|
445 }
|
|
|
446 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */
|
|
|
447 {
|
|
|
448 lp->lnum--;
|
|
|
449 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
450 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
451 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
452 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
453 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
454 #endif
|
|
|
455 return 1;
|
|
|
456 }
|
|
|
457 return -1; /* at start of file */
|
|
|
458 }
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 /*
|
|
|
461 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
462 */
|
|
|
463 int
|
|
|
464 decl(lp)
|
|
|
465 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
466 {
|
|
|
467 int r;
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
469 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
470 r = dec(lp);
|
|
|
471 return r;
|
|
|
472 }
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
474 /*
|
|
|
475 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid.
|
|
|
476 */
|
|
|
477 void
|
|
|
478 check_cursor_lnum()
|
|
|
479 {
|
|
|
480 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
481 {
|
|
|
482 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
483 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in
|
|
|
484 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */
|
|
|
485 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count,
|
|
|
486 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL))
|
|
|
487 #endif
|
|
|
488 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
489 }
|
|
|
490 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0)
|
|
|
491 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
492 }
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 /*
|
|
|
495 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid.
|
|
|
496 */
|
|
|
497 void
|
|
|
498 check_cursor_col()
|
|
|
499 {
|
|
|
500 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
501 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
502 colnr_T oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
503 #endif
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
505 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
506 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
507 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
508 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col >= len)
|
|
|
509 {
|
|
|
510 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line in Insert mode, restarting Insert
|
|
|
511 * mode or when in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" */
|
|
620
|
512 if ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit
|
|
7
|
513 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
514 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
515 #endif
|
|
|
516 || virtual_active())
|
|
|
517 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
518 else
|
|
1099
|
519 {
|
|
7
|
520 curwin->w_cursor.col = len - 1;
|
|
1099
|
521 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
522 /* prevent cursor from moving on the trail byte */
|
|
|
523 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
524 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
525 #endif
|
|
|
526 }
|
|
7
|
527 }
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
529 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
530 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position,
|
|
|
531 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the
|
|
|
532 * line. */
|
|
|
533 if (oldcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
534 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
535 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
536 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = oldcol - curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
537 #endif
|
|
|
538 }
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 /*
|
|
|
541 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character
|
|
|
542 */
|
|
|
543 void
|
|
|
544 check_cursor()
|
|
|
545 {
|
|
|
546 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
547 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
548 }
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
550 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
551 /*
|
|
|
552 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line.
|
|
|
553 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old".
|
|
|
554 */
|
|
|
555 void
|
|
|
556 adjust_cursor_col()
|
|
|
557 {
|
|
|
558 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
559 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
560 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o')
|
|
|
561 # endif
|
|
|
562 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
563 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
564 }
|
|
|
565 #endif
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
567 /*
|
|
|
568 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position.
|
|
|
569 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved.
|
|
|
570 */
|
|
|
571 int
|
|
|
572 leftcol_changed()
|
|
|
573 {
|
|
|
574 long lastcol;
|
|
|
575 colnr_T s, e;
|
|
|
576 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
579 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1;
|
|
|
580 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 /*
|
|
|
583 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first
|
|
|
584 * character.
|
|
|
585 */
|
|
|
586 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso))
|
|
|
587 {
|
|
|
588 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
589 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso));
|
|
|
590 }
|
|
|
591 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)
|
|
|
592 {
|
|
|
593 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
594 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso));
|
|
|
595 }
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 /*
|
|
|
598 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen,
|
|
|
599 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the
|
|
|
600 * line) adjust the scrolling.
|
|
|
601 */
|
|
|
602 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e);
|
|
|
603 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol)
|
|
|
604 {
|
|
|
605 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
606 coladvance(s - 1);
|
|
|
607 }
|
|
|
608 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol)
|
|
|
609 {
|
|
|
610 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
611 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */
|
|
|
612 {
|
|
|
613 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */
|
|
|
614 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
615 }
|
|
|
616 }
|
|
|
617
|
|
|
618 if (retval)
|
|
|
619 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
620 redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
621 return retval;
|
|
|
622 }
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
624 /**********************************************************************
|
|
|
625 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory.
|
|
|
626 */
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
628 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
630 # define MEM_SIZES 8200
|
|
|
631 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
632 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
633 static long_u mem_allocated;
|
|
|
634 static long_u mem_freed;
|
|
|
635 static long_u mem_peak;
|
|
|
636 static long_u num_alloc;
|
|
|
637 static long_u num_freed;
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep));
|
|
|
640 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep));
|
|
|
641 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size));
|
|
|
642 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp));
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 static void
|
|
|
645 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep)
|
|
|
646 size_t *sizep;
|
|
|
647 {
|
|
|
648 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
649 }
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 static void
|
|
|
652 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep)
|
|
|
653 long_u *sizep;
|
|
|
654 {
|
|
|
655 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
656 }
|
|
|
657
|
|
|
658 static void
|
|
|
659 mem_post_alloc(pp, size)
|
|
|
660 void **pp;
|
|
|
661 size_t size;
|
|
|
662 {
|
|
|
663 if (*pp == NULL)
|
|
|
664 return;
|
|
|
665 size -= sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
666 *(long_u *)*pp = size;
|
|
|
667 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
668 mem_allocs[size-1]++;
|
|
|
669 else
|
|
|
670 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
671 mem_allocated += size;
|
|
|
672 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak)
|
|
|
673 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed;
|
|
|
674 num_alloc++;
|
|
|
675 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
676 }
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
678 static void
|
|
|
679 mem_pre_free(pp)
|
|
|
680 void **pp;
|
|
|
681 {
|
|
|
682 long_u size;
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
684 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
685 size = *(size_t *)*pp;
|
|
|
686 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
687 mem_frees[size-1]++;
|
|
|
688 else
|
|
|
689 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
690 mem_freed += size;
|
|
|
691 num_freed++;
|
|
|
692 }
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
694 /*
|
|
|
695 * called on exit via atexit()
|
|
|
696 */
|
|
|
697 void
|
|
|
698 vim_mem_profile_dump()
|
|
|
699 {
|
|
|
700 int i, j;
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
702 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
703 j = 0;
|
|
|
704 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++)
|
|
|
705 {
|
|
|
706 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i])
|
|
|
707 {
|
|
|
708 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
709 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
710 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
711 j++;
|
|
|
712 if (j > 3)
|
|
|
713 {
|
|
|
714 j = 0;
|
|
|
715 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
716 }
|
|
|
717 }
|
|
|
718 }
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
720 i = MEM_SIZES - 1;
|
|
|
721 if (mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
722 {
|
|
|
723 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
724 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
725 printf(_("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
726 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
727 }
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"),
|
|
|
730 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak);
|
|
|
731 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"),
|
|
|
732 num_alloc, num_freed);
|
|
|
733 }
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
735 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
737 /*
|
|
|
738 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to
|
|
|
739 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add().
|
|
|
740 */
|
|
|
741 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
742 # define SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
743 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L
|
|
|
744 #else
|
|
|
745 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L)
|
|
|
746 #endif
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
748 /*
|
|
|
749 * Note: if unsinged is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc().
|
|
|
750 * Use lalloc for larger blocks.
|
|
|
751 */
|
|
|
752 char_u *
|
|
|
753 alloc(size)
|
|
|
754 unsigned size;
|
|
|
755 {
|
|
|
756 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
757 }
|
|
|
758
|
|
|
759 /*
|
|
|
760 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
761 */
|
|
|
762 char_u *
|
|
|
763 alloc_clear(size)
|
|
|
764 unsigned size;
|
|
|
765 {
|
|
|
766 char_u *p;
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
768 p = (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
769 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
770 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
771 return p;
|
|
|
772 }
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
774 /*
|
|
|
775 * alloc() with check for maximum line length
|
|
|
776 */
|
|
|
777 char_u *
|
|
|
778 alloc_check(size)
|
|
|
779 unsigned size;
|
|
|
780 {
|
|
|
781 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__)
|
|
|
782 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff)
|
|
|
783 {
|
|
|
784 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
785 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
786 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long"));
|
|
|
787 return NULL;
|
|
|
788 }
|
|
|
789 #endif
|
|
|
790 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
791 }
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 /*
|
|
|
794 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
795 */
|
|
|
796 char_u *
|
|
|
797 lalloc_clear(size, message)
|
|
|
798 long_u size;
|
|
|
799 int message;
|
|
|
800 {
|
|
|
801 char_u *p;
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 p = (lalloc(size, message));
|
|
|
804 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
805 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
806 return p;
|
|
|
807 }
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
809 /*
|
|
|
810 * Low level memory allocation function.
|
|
|
811 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST!
|
|
|
812 */
|
|
|
813 char_u *
|
|
|
814 lalloc(size, message)
|
|
|
815 long_u size;
|
|
|
816 int message;
|
|
|
817 {
|
|
|
818 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */
|
|
|
819 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */
|
|
|
820 int try_again;
|
|
|
821 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM)
|
|
|
822 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */
|
|
|
823 #endif
|
|
|
824
|
|
|
825 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */
|
|
|
826 if (size == 0)
|
|
|
827 {
|
|
|
828 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
829 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
830 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size);
|
|
|
831 return NULL;
|
|
|
832 }
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
834 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
835 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size);
|
|
|
836 #endif
|
|
|
837
|
|
|
838 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
839 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */
|
|
|
840 p = NULL;
|
|
|
841 else
|
|
|
842 #endif
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
844 /*
|
|
|
845 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and
|
|
|
846 * if some blocks are released call malloc again.
|
|
|
847 */
|
|
|
848 for (;;)
|
|
|
849 {
|
|
|
850 /*
|
|
|
851 * Handle three kind of systems:
|
|
|
852 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return.
|
|
|
853 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
854 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory.
|
|
|
855 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem()
|
|
|
856 */
|
|
|
857 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL)
|
|
|
858 {
|
|
|
859 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM
|
|
|
860 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */
|
|
|
861 goto theend;
|
|
|
862 #else
|
|
|
863 # ifndef SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
864 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
865 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */
|
|
|
866 allocated += size;
|
|
|
867 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2)
|
|
|
868 goto theend;
|
|
|
869 allocated = 0;
|
|
|
870 # endif
|
|
|
871 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */
|
|
|
872 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM && !releasing)
|
|
|
873 {
|
|
|
874 vim_free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */
|
|
|
875 p = NULL;
|
|
|
876 }
|
|
|
877 else
|
|
|
878 goto theend;
|
|
|
879 #endif
|
|
|
880 }
|
|
|
881 /*
|
|
|
882 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless
|
|
|
883 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively.
|
|
|
884 */
|
|
|
885 if (releasing)
|
|
|
886 break;
|
|
|
887 releasing = TRUE;
|
|
448
|
888
|
|
|
889 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */
|
|
|
890 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */
|
|
370
|
891 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
448
|
892 try_again |= garbage_collect(); /* cleanup recursive lists/dicts */
|
|
|
893 #endif
|
|
|
894
|
|
7
|
895 releasing = FALSE;
|
|
|
896 if (!try_again)
|
|
|
897 break;
|
|
|
898 }
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 if (message && p == NULL)
|
|
|
901 do_outofmem_msg(size);
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
903 theend:
|
|
|
904 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
905 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
906 #endif
|
|
|
907 return p;
|
|
|
908 }
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
910 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
911 /*
|
|
|
912 * realloc() with memory profiling.
|
|
|
913 */
|
|
|
914 void *
|
|
|
915 mem_realloc(ptr, size)
|
|
|
916 void *ptr;
|
|
|
917 size_t size;
|
|
|
918 {
|
|
|
919 void *p;
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 mem_pre_free(&ptr);
|
|
|
922 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size);
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 p = realloc(ptr, size);
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
926 mem_post_alloc(&p, size);
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 return p;
|
|
|
929 }
|
|
|
930 #endif
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 /*
|
|
|
933 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each).
|
|
|
934 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read.
|
|
|
935 */
|
|
|
936 void
|
|
|
937 do_outofmem_msg(size)
|
|
|
938 long_u size;
|
|
|
939 {
|
|
|
940 if (!did_outofmem_msg)
|
|
|
941 {
|
|
|
942 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
943 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
944 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size);
|
|
|
945 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
|
|
|
946 }
|
|
|
947 }
|
|
|
948
|
|
356
|
949 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
359
|
950
|
|
|
951 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
|
952 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
953 # endif
|
|
|
954
|
|
356
|
955 /*
|
|
|
956 * Free everything that we allocated.
|
|
|
957 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc.
|
|
359
|
958 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be
|
|
|
959 * surprised if Vim crashes...
|
|
|
960 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function.
|
|
356
|
961 */
|
|
|
962 void
|
|
|
963 free_all_mem()
|
|
|
964 {
|
|
|
965 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf;
|
|
359
|
966 static int entered = FALSE;
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
968 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly.
|
|
|
969 * Don't try freeing everything again. */
|
|
|
970 if (entered)
|
|
|
971 return;
|
|
|
972 entered = TRUE;
|
|
356
|
973
|
|
1446
|
974 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
1410
|
975 block_autocmds(); /* don't want to trigger autocommands here */
|
|
1446
|
976 # endif
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
673
|
979 /* close all tabs and windows */
|
|
766
|
980 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
981 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"tabonly!");
|
|
|
982 if (firstwin != lastwin)
|
|
|
983 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"only!");
|
|
1446
|
984 # endif
|
|
673
|
985
|
|
741
|
986 # if defined(FEAT_SPELL)
|
|
356
|
987 /* Free all spell info. */
|
|
|
988 spell_free_all();
|
|
|
989 # endif
|
|
|
990
|
|
359
|
991 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS)
|
|
356
|
992 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */
|
|
|
993 ex_comclear(NULL);
|
|
359
|
994 # endif
|
|
356
|
995
|
|
|
996 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
997 /* Clear menus. */
|
|
|
998 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *");
|
|
|
999 # endif
|
|
|
1000
|
|
359
|
1001 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */
|
|
356
|
1002 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear");
|
|
|
1003 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!");
|
|
|
1004 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear");
|
|
359
|
1005 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
1006 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *");
|
|
|
1007 # endif
|
|
362
|
1008 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE)
|
|
|
1009 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *");
|
|
|
1010 # endif
|
|
359
|
1011
|
|
|
1012 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
1013 free_titles();
|
|
|
1014 # endif
|
|
|
1015 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
|
1016 free_findfile();
|
|
|
1017 # endif
|
|
356
|
1018
|
|
|
1019 /* Obviously named calls. */
|
|
|
1020 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD)
|
|
|
1021 free_all_autocmds();
|
|
|
1022 # endif
|
|
|
1023 clear_termcodes();
|
|
359
|
1024 free_all_options();
|
|
|
1025 free_all_marks();
|
|
|
1026 alist_clear(&global_alist);
|
|
|
1027 free_homedir();
|
|
|
1028 free_search_patterns();
|
|
|
1029 free_old_sub();
|
|
|
1030 free_last_insert();
|
|
|
1031 free_prev_shellcmd();
|
|
|
1032 free_regexp_stuff();
|
|
|
1033 free_tag_stuff();
|
|
|
1034 free_cd_dir();
|
|
1446
|
1035 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
359
|
1036 set_expr_line(NULL);
|
|
1446
|
1037 # endif
|
|
|
1038 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
673
|
1039 diff_clear(curtab);
|
|
1446
|
1040 # endif
|
|
626
|
1041 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */
|
|
359
|
1042
|
|
|
1043 /* Free some global vars. */
|
|
|
1044 vim_free(username);
|
|
1422
|
1045 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
|
|
359
|
1046 vim_free(clip_exclude_prog);
|
|
1422
|
1047 # endif
|
|
359
|
1048 vim_free(last_cmdline);
|
|
1446
|
1049 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
|
|
359
|
1050 vim_free(new_last_cmdline);
|
|
1446
|
1051 # endif
|
|
680
|
1052 set_keep_msg(NULL, 0);
|
|
359
|
1053 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
356
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 /* Clear cmdline history. */
|
|
|
1056 p_hi = 0;
|
|
1446
|
1057 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
|
|
356
|
1058 init_history();
|
|
1446
|
1059 # endif
|
|
356
|
1060
|
|
359
|
1061 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
1446
|
1062 {
|
|
|
1063 win_T *win;
|
|
|
1064
|
|
|
1065 qf_free_all(NULL);
|
|
|
1066 /* Free all location lists */
|
|
|
1067 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win)
|
|
|
1068 qf_free_all(win);
|
|
|
1069 }
|
|
359
|
1070 #endif
|
|
|
1071
|
|
|
1072 /* Close all script inputs. */
|
|
|
1073 close_all_scripts();
|
|
|
1074
|
|
|
1075 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
1076 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */
|
|
|
1077 win_free_all();
|
|
|
1078 #endif
|
|
|
1079
|
|
356
|
1080 /* Free all buffers. */
|
|
|
1081 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; )
|
|
|
1082 {
|
|
|
1083 nextbuf = buf->b_next;
|
|
|
1084 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE);
|
|
|
1085 if (buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
1086 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */
|
|
|
1087 else
|
|
|
1088 buf = firstbuf;
|
|
|
1089 }
|
|
|
1090
|
|
359
|
1091 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1092 free_cmdline_buf();
|
|
356
|
1093 #endif
|
|
|
1094
|
|
|
1095 /* Clear registers. */
|
|
|
1096 clear_registers();
|
|
|
1097 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
1098 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
1099
|
|
1071
|
1100 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) && defined(FEAT_X11)
|
|
359
|
1101 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName);
|
|
|
1102 #endif
|
|
|
1103
|
|
356
|
1104 /* highlight info */
|
|
|
1105 free_highlight();
|
|
|
1106
|
|
362
|
1107 reset_last_sourcing();
|
|
|
1108
|
|
766
|
1109 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
853
|
1110 free_tabpage(first_tabpage);
|
|
|
1111 first_tabpage = NULL;
|
|
766
|
1112 #endif
|
|
|
1113
|
|
356
|
1114 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1115 /* Machine-specific free. */
|
|
|
1116 mch_free_mem();
|
|
|
1117 # endif
|
|
|
1118
|
|
|
1119 /* message history */
|
|
|
1120 for (;;)
|
|
|
1121 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL)
|
|
|
1122 break;
|
|
|
1123
|
|
|
1124 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1125 eval_clear();
|
|
|
1126 # endif
|
|
|
1127
|
|
359
|
1128 free_termoptions();
|
|
|
1129
|
|
356
|
1130 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */
|
|
|
1131 free_screenlines();
|
|
|
1132
|
|
|
1133 #if defined(USE_XSMP)
|
|
|
1134 xsmp_close();
|
|
|
1135 #endif
|
|
359
|
1136 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
1137 gui_mch_free_all();
|
|
|
1138 #endif
|
|
|
1139 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
356
|
1140
|
|
|
1141 vim_free(IObuff);
|
|
|
1142 vim_free(NameBuff);
|
|
|
1143 }
|
|
|
1144 #endif
|
|
|
1145
|
|
7
|
1146 /*
|
|
|
1147 * copy a string into newly allocated memory
|
|
|
1148 */
|
|
|
1149 char_u *
|
|
|
1150 vim_strsave(string)
|
|
|
1151 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1152 {
|
|
|
1153 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1154 unsigned len;
|
|
|
1155
|
|
|
1156 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1;
|
|
|
1157 p = alloc(len);
|
|
|
1158 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1159 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1160 return p;
|
|
|
1161 }
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 char_u *
|
|
|
1164 vim_strnsave(string, len)
|
|
|
1165 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1166 int len;
|
|
|
1167 {
|
|
|
1168 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1169
|
|
|
1170 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1));
|
|
|
1171 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1172 {
|
|
|
1173 STRNCPY(p, string, len);
|
|
|
1174 p[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1175 }
|
|
|
1176 return p;
|
|
|
1177 }
|
|
|
1178
|
|
|
1179 /*
|
|
|
1180 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded
|
|
|
1181 * by a backslash.
|
|
|
1182 */
|
|
|
1183 char_u *
|
|
|
1184 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars)
|
|
|
1185 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1186 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
|
1187 {
|
|
16
|
1188 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1189 }
|
|
|
1190
|
|
|
1191 /*
|
|
|
1192 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape
|
|
|
1193 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash.
|
|
16
|
1194 * Escape the characters with "cc".
|
|
7
|
1195 */
|
|
|
1196 char_u *
|
|
16
|
1197 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl)
|
|
7
|
1198 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1199 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
16
|
1200 int cc;
|
|
7
|
1201 int bsl;
|
|
|
1202 {
|
|
|
1203 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1204 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1205 char_u *escaped_string;
|
|
|
1206 unsigned length;
|
|
|
1207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1208 int l;
|
|
|
1209 #endif
|
|
|
1210
|
|
|
1211 /*
|
|
|
1212 * First count the number of backslashes required.
|
|
|
1213 * Then allocate the memory and insert them.
|
|
|
1214 */
|
|
|
1215 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */
|
|
|
1216 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1217 {
|
|
|
1218 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1219 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
1220 {
|
|
|
1221 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */
|
|
|
1222 p += l - 1;
|
|
|
1223 continue;
|
|
|
1224 }
|
|
|
1225 #endif
|
|
|
1226 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
|
1227 ++length; /* count a backslash */
|
|
|
1228 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */
|
|
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230 escaped_string = alloc(length);
|
|
|
1231 if (escaped_string != NULL)
|
|
|
1232 {
|
|
|
1233 p2 = escaped_string;
|
|
|
1234 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1235 {
|
|
|
1236 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1237 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
1238 {
|
|
|
1239 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l);
|
|
|
1240 p2 += l;
|
|
|
1241 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */
|
|
|
1242 continue;
|
|
|
1243 }
|
|
|
1244 #endif
|
|
|
1245 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
16
|
1246 *p2++ = cc;
|
|
7
|
1247 *p2++ = *p;
|
|
|
1248 }
|
|
|
1249 *p2 = NUL;
|
|
|
1250 }
|
|
|
1251 return escaped_string;
|
|
|
1252 }
|
|
|
1253
|
|
985
|
1254 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1255 /*
|
|
|
1256 * Escape "string" for use as a shell argument with system().
|
|
|
1257 * This uses single quotes, except when we know we need to use double qoutes
|
|
|
1258 * (MS-DOS and MS-Windows without 'shellslash' set).
|
|
|
1259 * Returns the result in allocated memory, NULL if we have run out.
|
|
|
1260 */
|
|
|
1261 char_u *
|
|
|
1262 vim_strsave_shellescape(string)
|
|
|
1263 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1264 {
|
|
|
1265 unsigned length;
|
|
|
1266 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1267 char_u *d;
|
|
|
1268 char_u *escaped_string;
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 /* First count the number of extra bytes required. */
|
|
1072
|
1271 length = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 3; /* two quotes and a trailing NUL */
|
|
985
|
1272 for (p = string; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
|
|
|
1273 {
|
|
|
1274 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS)
|
|
|
1275 if (!p_ssl)
|
|
|
1276 {
|
|
|
1277 if (*p == '"')
|
|
|
1278 ++length; /* " -> "" */
|
|
|
1279 }
|
|
|
1280 else
|
|
|
1281 # endif
|
|
|
1282 if (*p == '\'')
|
|
|
1283 length += 3; /* ' => '\'' */
|
|
|
1284 }
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 /* Allocate memory for the result and fill it. */
|
|
|
1287 escaped_string = alloc(length);
|
|
|
1288 if (escaped_string != NULL)
|
|
|
1289 {
|
|
|
1290 d = escaped_string;
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 /* add opening quote */
|
|
|
1293 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS)
|
|
|
1294 if (!p_ssl)
|
|
|
1295 *d++ = '"';
|
|
|
1296 else
|
|
|
1297 # endif
|
|
|
1298 *d++ = '\'';
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 for (p = string; *p != NUL; )
|
|
|
1301 {
|
|
|
1302 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS)
|
|
|
1303 if (!p_ssl)
|
|
|
1304 {
|
|
|
1305 if (*p == '"')
|
|
|
1306 {
|
|
|
1307 *d++ = '"';
|
|
|
1308 *d++ = '"';
|
|
|
1309 ++p;
|
|
|
1310 continue;
|
|
|
1311 }
|
|
|
1312 }
|
|
|
1313 else
|
|
|
1314 # endif
|
|
|
1315 if (*p == '\'')
|
|
|
1316 {
|
|
|
1317 *d++='\'';
|
|
|
1318 *d++='\\';
|
|
|
1319 *d++='\'';
|
|
|
1320 *d++='\'';
|
|
|
1321 ++p;
|
|
|
1322 continue;
|
|
|
1323 }
|
|
|
1324
|
|
|
1325 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, d);
|
|
|
1326 }
|
|
|
1327
|
|
|
1328 /* add terminating quote and finish with a NUL */
|
|
|
1329 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS)
|
|
|
1330 if (!p_ssl)
|
|
|
1331 *d++ = '"';
|
|
|
1332 else
|
|
|
1333 # endif
|
|
|
1334 *d++ = '\'';
|
|
|
1335 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
1336 }
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338 return escaped_string;
|
|
|
1339 }
|
|
|
1340 #endif
|
|
|
1341
|
|
7
|
1342 /*
|
|
|
1343 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1344 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1345 */
|
|
|
1346 char_u *
|
|
|
1347 vim_strsave_up(string)
|
|
|
1348 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1349 {
|
|
|
1350 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1351
|
|
|
1352 p1 = vim_strsave(string);
|
|
|
1353 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1354 return p1;
|
|
|
1355 }
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 /*
|
|
|
1358 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1359 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1360 */
|
|
|
1361 char_u *
|
|
|
1362 vim_strnsave_up(string, len)
|
|
|
1363 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1364 int len;
|
|
|
1365 {
|
|
|
1366 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len);
|
|
|
1369 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1370 return p1;
|
|
|
1371 }
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 /*
|
|
|
1374 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1375 */
|
|
|
1376 void
|
|
|
1377 vim_strup(p)
|
|
|
1378 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1379 {
|
|
|
1380 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1381 int c;
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1384 {
|
|
|
1385 p2 = p;
|
|
|
1386 while ((c = *p2) != NUL)
|
|
|
1387 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
1388 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c;
|
|
|
1389 #else
|
|
|
1390 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20);
|
|
|
1391 #endif
|
|
|
1392 }
|
|
|
1393 }
|
|
|
1394
|
|
741
|
1395 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
323
|
1396 /*
|
|
|
1397 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory.
|
|
|
1398 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible.
|
|
|
1399 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
1400 */
|
|
|
1401 char_u *
|
|
|
1402 strup_save(orig)
|
|
|
1403 char_u *orig;
|
|
|
1404 {
|
|
|
1405 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1406 char_u *res;
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 res = p = vim_strsave(orig);
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 if (res != NULL)
|
|
|
1411 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1412 {
|
|
|
1413 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1414 int l;
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
1417 {
|
|
|
1418 int c, uc;
|
|
|
1419 int nl;
|
|
|
1420 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1421
|
|
|
1422 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1423 uc = utf_toupper(c);
|
|
|
1424
|
|
|
1425 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare,
|
|
|
1426 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */
|
|
474
|
1427 l = utf_ptr2len(p);
|
|
323
|
1428 nl = utf_char2len(uc);
|
|
|
1429 if (nl != l)
|
|
|
1430 {
|
|
|
1431 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + nl - l);
|
|
|
1432 if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
1433 break;
|
|
|
1434 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res);
|
|
|
1435 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + nl, p + l);
|
|
|
1436 p = s + (p - res);
|
|
|
1437 vim_free(res);
|
|
|
1438 res = s;
|
|
|
1439 }
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 utf_char2bytes(uc, p);
|
|
|
1442 p += nl;
|
|
|
1443 }
|
|
474
|
1444 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
323
|
1445 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */
|
|
|
1446 else
|
|
|
1447 # endif
|
|
|
1448 {
|
|
|
1449 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */
|
|
|
1450 p++;
|
|
|
1451 }
|
|
|
1452 }
|
|
|
1453
|
|
|
1454 return res;
|
|
|
1455 }
|
|
|
1456 #endif
|
|
|
1457
|
|
7
|
1458 /*
|
|
|
1459 * copy a space a number of times
|
|
|
1460 */
|
|
|
1461 void
|
|
|
1462 copy_spaces(ptr, count)
|
|
|
1463 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1464 size_t count;
|
|
|
1465 {
|
|
|
1466 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1467 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1468
|
|
|
1469 while (i--)
|
|
|
1470 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1471 }
|
|
|
1472
|
|
|
1473 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1474 /*
|
|
|
1475 * Copy a character a number of times.
|
|
|
1476 * Does not work for multi-byte charactes!
|
|
|
1477 */
|
|
|
1478 void
|
|
|
1479 copy_chars(ptr, count, c)
|
|
|
1480 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1481 size_t count;
|
|
|
1482 int c;
|
|
|
1483 {
|
|
|
1484 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1485 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1486
|
|
|
1487 while (i--)
|
|
|
1488 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1489 }
|
|
|
1490 #endif
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 /*
|
|
|
1493 * delete spaces at the end of a string
|
|
|
1494 */
|
|
|
1495 void
|
|
|
1496 del_trailing_spaces(ptr)
|
|
|
1497 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1498 {
|
|
|
1499 char_u *q;
|
|
|
1500
|
|
|
1501 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
1502 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
1503 *q = NUL;
|
|
|
1504 }
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 /*
|
|
323
|
1507 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL.
|
|
378
|
1508 * "to" must be "len + 1" long!
|
|
7
|
1509 */
|
|
|
1510 void
|
|
|
1511 vim_strncpy(to, from, len)
|
|
323
|
1512 char_u *to;
|
|
|
1513 char_u *from;
|
|
418
|
1514 size_t len;
|
|
7
|
1515 {
|
|
323
|
1516 STRNCPY(to, from, len);
|
|
|
1517 to[len] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
1518 }
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 /*
|
|
|
1521 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with
|
|
|
1522 * "sep_chars".
|
|
459
|
1523 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]".
|
|
7
|
1524 * "*option" is advanced to the next part.
|
|
|
1525 * The length is returned.
|
|
|
1526 */
|
|
|
1527 int
|
|
|
1528 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars)
|
|
|
1529 char_u **option;
|
|
|
1530 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1531 int maxlen;
|
|
|
1532 char *sep_chars;
|
|
|
1533 {
|
|
|
1534 int len = 0;
|
|
|
1535 char_u *p = *option;
|
|
|
1536
|
|
|
1537 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */
|
|
|
1538 if (*p == '.')
|
|
|
1539 buf[len++] = *p++;
|
|
|
1540 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL)
|
|
|
1541 {
|
|
|
1542 /*
|
|
|
1543 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space.
|
|
|
1544 */
|
|
|
1545 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
1546 ++p;
|
|
|
1547 if (len < maxlen - 1)
|
|
|
1548 buf[len++] = *p;
|
|
|
1549 ++p;
|
|
|
1550 }
|
|
|
1551 buf[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1552
|
|
|
1553 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */
|
|
|
1554 ++p;
|
|
|
1555 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */
|
|
|
1556
|
|
|
1557 *option = p;
|
|
|
1558 return len;
|
|
|
1559 }
|
|
|
1560
|
|
|
1561 /*
|
|
625
|
1562 * Replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers.
|
|
|
1563 * Also skip free() when exiting for sure, this helps when we caught a deadly
|
|
|
1564 * signal that was caused by a crash in free().
|
|
7
|
1565 */
|
|
|
1566 void
|
|
|
1567 vim_free(x)
|
|
|
1568 void *x;
|
|
|
1569 {
|
|
625
|
1570 if (x != NULL && !really_exiting)
|
|
7
|
1571 {
|
|
|
1572 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
1573 mem_pre_free(&x);
|
|
|
1574 #endif
|
|
|
1575 free(x);
|
|
|
1576 }
|
|
|
1577 }
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET
|
|
|
1580 void *
|
|
|
1581 vim_memset(ptr, c, size)
|
|
|
1582 void *ptr;
|
|
|
1583 int c;
|
|
|
1584 size_t size;
|
|
|
1585 {
|
|
|
1586 char *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
1588 while (size-- > 0)
|
|
|
1589 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1590 return ptr;
|
|
|
1591 }
|
|
|
1592 #endif
|
|
|
1593
|
|
|
1594 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP
|
|
|
1595 /*
|
|
|
1596 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes.
|
|
|
1597 * Return non-zero otherwise.
|
|
|
1598 */
|
|
|
1599 int
|
|
|
1600 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len)
|
|
|
1601 void *b1;
|
|
|
1602 void *b2;
|
|
|
1603 size_t len;
|
|
|
1604 {
|
|
|
1605 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2;
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
1607 for ( ; len > 0; --len)
|
|
|
1608 {
|
|
|
1609 if (*p1 != *p2)
|
|
|
1610 return 1;
|
|
|
1611 ++p1;
|
|
|
1612 ++p2;
|
|
|
1613 }
|
|
|
1614 return 0;
|
|
|
1615 }
|
|
|
1616 #endif
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE
|
|
|
1619 /*
|
|
|
1620 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination.
|
|
|
1621 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV).
|
|
|
1622 */
|
|
|
1623 void
|
|
|
1624 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len)
|
|
|
1625 void *src_arg, *dst_arg;
|
|
|
1626 size_t len;
|
|
|
1627 {
|
|
|
1628 /*
|
|
|
1629 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers.
|
|
|
1630 */
|
|
|
1631 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg;
|
|
|
1632
|
|
|
1633 /* overlap, copy backwards */
|
|
|
1634 if (dst > src && dst < src + len)
|
|
|
1635 {
|
|
|
1636 src += len;
|
|
|
1637 dst += len;
|
|
|
1638 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1639 *--dst = *--src;
|
|
|
1640 }
|
|
|
1641 else /* copy forwards */
|
|
|
1642 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1643 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
1644 }
|
|
|
1645 #endif
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1648 /*
|
|
|
1649 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1650 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1651 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1652 */
|
|
|
1653 int
|
|
|
1654 vim_stricmp(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1655 char *s1;
|
|
|
1656 char *s2;
|
|
|
1657 {
|
|
|
1658 int i;
|
|
|
1659
|
|
|
1660 for (;;)
|
|
|
1661 {
|
|
|
1662 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1663 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1664 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1665 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1666 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1667 ++s1;
|
|
|
1668 ++s2;
|
|
|
1669 }
|
|
|
1670 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1671 }
|
|
|
1672 #endif
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1675 /*
|
|
|
1676 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1677 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1678 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1679 */
|
|
|
1680 int
|
|
|
1681 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len)
|
|
|
1682 char *s1;
|
|
|
1683 char *s2;
|
|
|
1684 size_t len;
|
|
|
1685 {
|
|
|
1686 int i;
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 while (len > 0)
|
|
|
1689 {
|
|
|
1690 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1691 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1692 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1693 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1694 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1695 ++s1;
|
|
|
1696 ++s2;
|
|
|
1697 --len;
|
|
|
1698 }
|
|
|
1699 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1700 }
|
|
|
1701 #endif
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 #if 0 /* currently not used */
|
|
|
1704 /*
|
|
|
1705 * Check if string "s2" appears somewhere in "s1" while ignoring case.
|
|
|
1706 * Return NULL if not, a pointer to the first occurrence if it does.
|
|
|
1707 */
|
|
|
1708 char_u *
|
|
|
1709 vim_stristr(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1710 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
1711 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
1712 {
|
|
|
1713 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1714 int len = STRLEN(s2);
|
|
|
1715 char_u *end = s1 + STRLEN(s1) - len;
|
|
|
1716
|
|
|
1717 for (p = s1; p <= end; ++p)
|
|
|
1718 if (STRNICMP(p, s2, len) == 0)
|
|
|
1719 return p;
|
|
|
1720 return NULL;
|
|
|
1721 }
|
|
|
1722 #endif
|
|
|
1723
|
|
|
1724 /*
|
|
|
1725 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings
|
|
170
|
1726 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1727 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
7
|
1728 */
|
|
|
1729 char_u *
|
|
|
1730 vim_strchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1731 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1732 int c;
|
|
|
1733 {
|
|
|
1734 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1735 int b;
|
|
|
1736
|
|
|
1737 p = string;
|
|
|
1738 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1739 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80)
|
|
|
1740 {
|
|
|
1741 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1742 {
|
|
|
1743 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c)
|
|
|
1744 return p;
|
|
474
|
1745 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1746 }
|
|
|
1747 return NULL;
|
|
|
1748 }
|
|
|
1749 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255)
|
|
|
1750 {
|
|
|
1751 int n2 = c & 0xff;
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff;
|
|
|
1754 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1755 {
|
|
|
1756 if (b == c && p[1] == n2)
|
|
|
1757 return p;
|
|
474
|
1758 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1759 }
|
|
|
1760 return NULL;
|
|
|
1761 }
|
|
|
1762 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1763 {
|
|
|
1764 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1765 {
|
|
|
1766 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1767 return p;
|
|
474
|
1768 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1769 }
|
|
|
1770 return NULL;
|
|
|
1771 }
|
|
|
1772 #endif
|
|
|
1773 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1774 {
|
|
|
1775 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1776 return p;
|
|
|
1777 ++p;
|
|
|
1778 }
|
|
|
1779 return NULL;
|
|
|
1780 }
|
|
|
1781
|
|
|
1782 /*
|
|
170
|
1783 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char
|
|
|
1784 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1785 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
|
1786 */
|
|
|
1787 char_u *
|
|
|
1788 vim_strbyte(string, c)
|
|
|
1789 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1790 int c;
|
|
|
1791 {
|
|
|
1792 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1795 {
|
|
|
1796 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1797 return p;
|
|
|
1798 ++p;
|
|
|
1799 }
|
|
|
1800 return NULL;
|
|
|
1801 }
|
|
|
1802
|
|
|
1803 /*
|
|
7
|
1804 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string".
|
|
500
|
1805 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
170
|
1806 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"!
|
|
7
|
1807 */
|
|
|
1808 char_u *
|
|
|
1809 vim_strrchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1810 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1811 int c;
|
|
|
1812 {
|
|
|
1813 char_u *retval = NULL;
|
|
170
|
1814 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1815
|
|
|
1816 while (*p)
|
|
7
|
1817 {
|
|
170
|
1818 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1819 retval = p;
|
|
|
1820 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
7
|
1821 }
|
|
|
1822 return retval;
|
|
|
1823 }
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
1825 /*
|
|
|
1826 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing.
|
|
|
1827 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used.
|
|
|
1828 */
|
|
|
1829 #ifndef PROTO
|
|
|
1830 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
|
|
|
1831 # ifdef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1832 # undef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1833 # endif
|
|
|
1834 char_u *
|
|
|
1835 vim_strpbrk(s, charset)
|
|
|
1836 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1837 char_u *charset;
|
|
|
1838 {
|
|
|
1839 while (*s)
|
|
|
1840 {
|
|
|
1841 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL)
|
|
|
1842 return s;
|
|
39
|
1843 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1844 }
|
|
|
1845 return NULL;
|
|
|
1846 }
|
|
|
1847 # endif
|
|
|
1848 #endif
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 /*
|
|
|
1851 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace()
|
|
|
1852 * can't handle characters above 128.
|
|
|
1853 */
|
|
|
1854 int
|
|
|
1855 vim_isspace(x)
|
|
|
1856 int x;
|
|
|
1857 {
|
|
|
1858 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' ');
|
|
|
1859 }
|
|
|
1860
|
|
|
1861 /************************************************************************
|
|
119
|
1862 * Functions for handling growing arrays.
|
|
7
|
1863 */
|
|
|
1864
|
|
|
1865 /*
|
|
|
1866 * Clear an allocated growing array.
|
|
|
1867 */
|
|
|
1868 void
|
|
|
1869 ga_clear(gap)
|
|
|
1870 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
|
1872 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1873 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1874 }
|
|
|
1875
|
|
|
1876 /*
|
|
|
1877 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings.
|
|
|
1878 */
|
|
|
1879 void
|
|
|
1880 ga_clear_strings(gap)
|
|
|
1881 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1882 {
|
|
|
1883 int i;
|
|
|
1884
|
|
|
1885 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1886 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]);
|
|
|
1887 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
1888 }
|
|
|
1889
|
|
|
1890 /*
|
|
|
1891 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and
|
|
|
1892 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2().
|
|
|
1893 */
|
|
|
1894 void
|
|
|
1895 ga_init(gap)
|
|
|
1896 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1897 {
|
|
|
1898 gap->ga_data = NULL;
|
|
41
|
1899 gap->ga_maxlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
1900 gap->ga_len = 0;
|
|
|
1901 }
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 void
|
|
|
1904 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize)
|
|
|
1905 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1906 int itemsize;
|
|
|
1907 int growsize;
|
|
|
1908 {
|
|
|
1909 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1910 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize;
|
|
|
1911 gap->ga_growsize = growsize;
|
|
|
1912 }
|
|
|
1913
|
|
|
1914 /*
|
|
|
1915 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items.
|
|
|
1916 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
1917 */
|
|
|
1918 int
|
|
|
1919 ga_grow(gap, n)
|
|
|
1920 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1921 int n;
|
|
|
1922 {
|
|
|
1923 size_t len;
|
|
|
1924 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
1925
|
|
41
|
1926 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n)
|
|
7
|
1927 {
|
|
|
1928 if (n < gap->ga_growsize)
|
|
|
1929 n = gap->ga_growsize;
|
|
|
1930 len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n);
|
|
|
1931 pp = alloc_clear((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
1932 if (pp == NULL)
|
|
|
1933 return FAIL;
|
|
41
|
1934 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n;
|
|
7
|
1935 if (gap->ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
1936 {
|
|
|
1937 mch_memmove(pp, gap->ga_data,
|
|
|
1938 (size_t)(gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_len));
|
|
|
1939 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1940 }
|
|
|
1941 gap->ga_data = pp;
|
|
|
1942 }
|
|
|
1943 return OK;
|
|
|
1944 }
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 /*
|
|
|
1947 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters.
|
|
|
1948 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end!
|
|
|
1949 */
|
|
|
1950 void
|
|
|
1951 ga_concat(gap, s)
|
|
|
1952 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1953 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1954 {
|
|
|
1955 int len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
1956
|
|
|
1957 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK)
|
|
|
1958 {
|
|
|
1959 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1960 gap->ga_len += len;
|
|
|
1961 }
|
|
|
1962 }
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
1964 /*
|
|
|
1965 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes.
|
|
|
1966 */
|
|
|
1967 void
|
|
|
1968 ga_append(gap, c)
|
|
|
1969 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1970 int c;
|
|
|
1971 {
|
|
|
1972 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
1973 {
|
|
|
1974 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c;
|
|
|
1975 ++gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
1976 }
|
|
|
1977 }
|
|
|
1978
|
|
|
1979 /************************************************************************
|
|
|
1980 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with
|
|
|
1981 * special key codes.
|
|
|
1982 */
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
1984 /*
|
|
|
1985 * Some useful tables.
|
|
|
1986 */
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 static struct modmasktable
|
|
|
1989 {
|
|
|
1990 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1991 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1992 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */
|
|
|
1993 } mod_mask_table[] =
|
|
|
1994 {
|
|
|
1995 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'},
|
|
179
|
1996 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'},
|
|
7
|
1997 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'},
|
|
|
1998 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'},
|
|
|
1999 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'},
|
|
|
2000 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'},
|
|
|
2001 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'},
|
|
|
2002 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2003 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'},
|
|
|
2004 #endif
|
|
|
2005 /* 'A' must be the last one */
|
|
|
2006 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'},
|
|
|
2007 {0, 0, NUL}
|
|
|
2008 };
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010 /*
|
|
|
2011 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent.
|
|
1209
|
2012 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled separately!
|
|
7
|
2013 */
|
|
|
2014 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
2016 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] =
|
|
|
2017 {
|
|
|
2018 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */
|
|
|
2019 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */
|
|
|
2020 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */
|
|
|
2021 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */
|
|
|
2022 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */
|
|
|
2023 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */
|
|
|
2024 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */
|
|
|
2025 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */
|
|
|
2026 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
2027 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
2028 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */
|
|
|
2029 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */
|
|
|
2030 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */
|
|
|
2031 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
2032 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
2033 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */
|
|
|
2034 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
2035 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
2036 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */
|
|
|
2037 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */
|
|
|
2038 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */
|
|
|
2039 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */
|
|
|
2040 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */
|
|
|
2041 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */
|
|
|
2042 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */
|
|
|
2043 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */
|
|
|
2044 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
2045 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
2046 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */
|
|
|
2047 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */
|
|
|
2048 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */
|
|
|
2049 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */
|
|
|
2050 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */
|
|
|
2051 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
2053 /* vt100 F1 */
|
|
|
2054 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1,
|
|
|
2055 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2,
|
|
|
2056 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3,
|
|
|
2057 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4,
|
|
|
2058
|
|
|
2059 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */
|
|
|
2060 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2',
|
|
|
2061 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3',
|
|
|
2062 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4',
|
|
|
2063 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5',
|
|
|
2064 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6',
|
|
|
2065 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7',
|
|
|
2066 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8',
|
|
|
2067 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9',
|
|
|
2068 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1',
|
|
|
2071 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2',
|
|
|
2072 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3',
|
|
|
2073 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4',
|
|
|
2074 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5',
|
|
|
2075 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6',
|
|
|
2076 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7',
|
|
|
2077 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8',
|
|
|
2078 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9',
|
|
|
2079 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A',
|
|
|
2080
|
|
|
2081 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B',
|
|
|
2082 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C',
|
|
|
2083 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D',
|
|
|
2084 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E',
|
|
|
2085 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F',
|
|
|
2086 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G',
|
|
|
2087 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H',
|
|
|
2088 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I',
|
|
|
2089 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J',
|
|
|
2090 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K',
|
|
|
2091
|
|
|
2092 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L',
|
|
|
2093 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M',
|
|
|
2094 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N',
|
|
|
2095 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O',
|
|
|
2096 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P',
|
|
|
2097 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q',
|
|
|
2098 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R',
|
|
|
2099
|
|
|
2100 /* TAB pseudo code*/
|
|
|
2101 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB,
|
|
|
2102
|
|
|
2103 NUL
|
|
|
2104 };
|
|
|
2105
|
|
|
2106 static struct key_name_entry
|
|
|
2107 {
|
|
|
2108 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */
|
|
|
2109 char_u *name; /* Name of key */
|
|
|
2110 } key_names_table[] =
|
|
|
2111 {
|
|
|
2112 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"},
|
|
|
2113 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
2114 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
2115 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"},
|
|
|
2116 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2117 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2118 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2119 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"},
|
|
|
2120 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2121 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2122 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"},
|
|
|
2123 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2124 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"},
|
|
|
2125 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"},
|
|
|
2126 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"},
|
|
|
2127 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"},
|
|
|
2128 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"},
|
|
|
2129 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"},
|
|
|
2130 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2131 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"},
|
|
|
2132 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"},
|
|
|
2133 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"},
|
|
|
2134 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"},
|
|
|
2135 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"},
|
|
180
|
2136 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"},
|
|
|
2137 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"},
|
|
|
2138 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"},
|
|
|
2139 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"},
|
|
7
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"},
|
|
|
2142 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"},
|
|
|
2143 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"},
|
|
|
2144 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"},
|
|
|
2145 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"},
|
|
|
2146 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"},
|
|
|
2147 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"},
|
|
|
2148 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"},
|
|
|
2149 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"},
|
|
|
2150 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"},
|
|
|
2151
|
|
|
2152 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"},
|
|
|
2153 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"},
|
|
|
2154 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"},
|
|
|
2155 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"},
|
|
|
2156 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"},
|
|
|
2157 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"},
|
|
|
2158 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"},
|
|
|
2159 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"},
|
|
|
2160 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"},
|
|
|
2161 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"},
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"},
|
|
|
2164 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"},
|
|
|
2165 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"},
|
|
|
2166 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"},
|
|
|
2167 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"},
|
|
|
2168 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"},
|
|
|
2169 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"},
|
|
|
2170 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"},
|
|
|
2171 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"},
|
|
|
2172 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"},
|
|
|
2173
|
|
|
2174 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"},
|
|
|
2175 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"},
|
|
|
2176 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"},
|
|
|
2177 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"},
|
|
|
2178 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"},
|
|
|
2179 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"},
|
|
|
2180 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"},
|
|
|
2181
|
|
|
2182 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"},
|
|
|
2183 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"},
|
|
|
2184 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"},
|
|
|
2185 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"},
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"},
|
|
|
2188 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"},
|
|
|
2189 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"},
|
|
|
2190 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2191 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"},
|
|
|
2192 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"},
|
|
|
2193 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"},
|
|
|
2194 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"},
|
|
230
|
2195 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"},
|
|
7
|
2196 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"},
|
|
|
2197 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"},
|
|
|
2198 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"},
|
|
230
|
2199 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"},
|
|
7
|
2200 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"},
|
|
|
2201 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"},
|
|
|
2202 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"},
|
|
|
2203 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"},
|
|
|
2204
|
|
|
2205 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"},
|
|
|
2206 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"},
|
|
|
2207 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"},
|
|
|
2208 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"},
|
|
|
2209 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"},
|
|
|
2210 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"},
|
|
|
2211
|
|
|
2212 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"},
|
|
|
2213 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"},
|
|
|
2214 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"},
|
|
|
2215 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"},
|
|
|
2216 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"},
|
|
|
2217 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"},
|
|
|
2218 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"},
|
|
|
2219 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"},
|
|
|
2220 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"},
|
|
|
2221 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"},
|
|
|
2222
|
|
|
2223 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"},
|
|
|
2224
|
|
|
2225 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"},
|
|
|
2226 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"},
|
|
|
2227 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"},
|
|
|
2228 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"},
|
|
|
2229 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"},
|
|
|
2230 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"},
|
|
|
2231 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"},
|
|
|
2232 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"},
|
|
|
2233 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"},
|
|
|
2234 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"},
|
|
|
2235 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"},
|
|
|
2236 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"},
|
|
|
2237 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"},
|
|
|
2238 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"},
|
|
|
2239 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"},
|
|
|
2240 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"},
|
|
|
2241 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"},
|
|
|
2242 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"},
|
|
|
2243 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"},
|
|
|
2244 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"},
|
|
|
2245 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"},
|
|
|
2246 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"},
|
|
|
2247 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"},
|
|
|
2248 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"},
|
|
|
2249 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"},
|
|
|
2250 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"},
|
|
|
2251 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2252 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"},
|
|
|
2253 #endif
|
|
|
2254 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"},
|
|
|
2255 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
2256 };
|
|
|
2257
|
|
|
2258 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry))
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2261 static struct mousetable
|
|
|
2262 {
|
|
|
2263 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */
|
|
|
2264 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */
|
|
|
2265 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */
|
|
|
2266 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */
|
|
|
2267 } mouse_table[] =
|
|
|
2268 {
|
|
|
2269 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2270 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2271 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2272 #endif
|
|
|
2273 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2274 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2275 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2276 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2277 #endif
|
|
|
2278 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2279 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2280 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2281 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2282 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2283 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2284 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2285 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2286 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2287 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2288 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2289 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2290 /* DRAG without CLICK */
|
|
|
2291 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2292 /* RELEASE without CLICK */
|
|
|
2293 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2294 {0, 0, 0, 0},
|
|
|
2295 };
|
|
|
2296 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 /*
|
|
|
2299 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given
|
|
|
2300 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc).
|
|
|
2301 */
|
|
|
2302 int
|
|
|
2303 name_to_mod_mask(c)
|
|
|
2304 int c;
|
|
|
2305 {
|
|
|
2306 int i;
|
|
|
2307
|
|
|
2308 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
2309 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++)
|
|
|
2310 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name)
|
|
|
2311 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag;
|
|
|
2312 return 0;
|
|
|
2313 }
|
|
|
2314
|
|
|
2315 /*
|
|
|
2316 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the
|
|
|
2317 * modifiers specified.
|
|
|
2318 */
|
|
|
2319 int
|
|
|
2320 simplify_key(key, modifiers)
|
|
|
2321 int key;
|
|
|
2322 int *modifiers;
|
|
|
2323 {
|
|
|
2324 int i;
|
|
|
2325 int key0;
|
|
|
2326 int key1;
|
|
|
2327
|
|
|
2328 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
|
2329 {
|
|
|
2330 /* TAB is a special case */
|
|
|
2331 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
2332 {
|
|
|
2333 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2334 return K_S_TAB;
|
|
|
2335 }
|
|
|
2336 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2337 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2338 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2339 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3]
|
|
|
2340 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4]
|
|
|
2341 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i]))
|
|
|
2342 {
|
|
|
2343 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2344 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1],
|
|
|
2345 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]);
|
|
|
2346 }
|
|
|
2347 }
|
|
|
2348 return key;
|
|
|
2349 }
|
|
|
2350
|
|
|
2351 /*
|
|
180
|
2352 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc.
|
|
|
2353 */
|
|
|
2354 int
|
|
|
2355 handle_x_keys(key)
|
|
|
2356 int key;
|
|
|
2357 {
|
|
|
2358 switch (key)
|
|
|
2359 {
|
|
|
2360 case K_XUP: return K_UP;
|
|
|
2361 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN;
|
|
|
2362 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT;
|
|
|
2363 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT;
|
|
|
2364 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
230
|
2365 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
180
|
2366 case K_XEND: return K_END;
|
|
230
|
2367 case K_ZEND: return K_END;
|
|
180
|
2368 case K_XF1: return K_F1;
|
|
|
2369 case K_XF2: return K_F2;
|
|
|
2370 case K_XF3: return K_F3;
|
|
|
2371 case K_XF4: return K_F4;
|
|
|
2372 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1;
|
|
|
2373 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2;
|
|
|
2374 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3;
|
|
|
2375 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4;
|
|
|
2376 }
|
|
|
2377 return key;
|
|
|
2378 }
|
|
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 /*
|
|
7
|
2381 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given
|
|
|
2382 * modifiers are down.
|
|
|
2383 */
|
|
|
2384 char_u *
|
|
|
2385 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers)
|
|
|
2386 int c;
|
|
|
2387 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2388 {
|
|
|
2389 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1];
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 int i, idx;
|
|
|
2392 int table_idx;
|
|
|
2393 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 string[0] = '<';
|
|
|
2396 idx = 1;
|
|
|
2397
|
|
|
2398 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */
|
|
|
2399 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY)
|
|
|
2400 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2401
|
|
|
2402 /*
|
|
|
2403 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier.
|
|
|
2404 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers.
|
|
|
2405 */
|
|
|
2406 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2407 {
|
|
|
2408 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2409 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1]
|
|
|
2410 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2])
|
|
|
2411 {
|
|
|
2412 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2413 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3],
|
|
|
2414 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]);
|
|
|
2415 break;
|
|
|
2416 }
|
|
|
2417 }
|
|
|
2418
|
|
|
2419 /* try to find the key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2420 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2421
|
|
|
2422 /*
|
|
|
2423 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to
|
|
|
2424 * extract modifiers.
|
|
|
2425 */
|
|
|
2426 if (c > 0
|
|
|
2427 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2428 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1
|
|
|
2429 #endif
|
|
|
2430 )
|
|
|
2431 {
|
|
|
2432 if (table_idx < 0
|
|
|
2433 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ')
|
|
|
2434 && (c & 0x80))
|
|
|
2435 {
|
|
|
2436 c &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
2437 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
2438 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2439 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2440 }
|
|
|
2441 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ')
|
|
|
2442 {
|
|
|
2443 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2444 c = CtrlChar(c);
|
|
|
2445 #else
|
|
|
2446 c += '@';
|
|
|
2447 #endif
|
|
|
2448 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2449 }
|
|
|
2450 }
|
|
|
2451
|
|
|
2452 /* translate the modifier into a string */
|
|
|
2453 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++)
|
|
|
2454 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask)
|
|
|
2455 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag)
|
|
|
2456 {
|
|
|
2457 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2458 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-';
|
|
|
2459 }
|
|
|
2460
|
|
|
2461 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */
|
|
|
2462 {
|
|
|
2463 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2464 {
|
|
|
2465 string[idx++] = 't';
|
|
|
2466 string[idx++] = '_';
|
|
|
2467 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c);
|
|
|
2468 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2469 }
|
|
|
2470 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */
|
|
|
2471 else
|
|
|
2472 {
|
|
|
2473 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2474 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
|
|
|
2475 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx);
|
|
|
2476 else
|
|
|
2477 #endif
|
|
|
2478 if (vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
2479 string[idx++] = c;
|
|
|
2480 else
|
|
|
2481 {
|
|
|
2482 s = transchar(c);
|
|
|
2483 while (*s)
|
|
|
2484 string[idx++] = *s++;
|
|
|
2485 }
|
|
|
2486 }
|
|
|
2487 }
|
|
|
2488 else /* use name of special key */
|
|
|
2489 {
|
|
|
2490 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name);
|
|
|
2491 idx = (int)STRLEN(string);
|
|
|
2492 }
|
|
|
2493 string[idx++] = '>';
|
|
|
2494 string[idx] = NUL;
|
|
|
2495 return string;
|
|
|
2496 }
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 /*
|
|
|
2499 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[].
|
|
|
2500 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match.
|
|
|
2501 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2502 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)!
|
|
|
2503 */
|
|
|
2504 int
|
|
|
2505 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode)
|
|
|
2506 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2507 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
2508 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2509 {
|
|
|
2510 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2511 int key;
|
|
|
2512 int dlen = 0;
|
|
|
2513
|
|
|
2514 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode);
|
|
|
2515 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2516 return 0;
|
|
|
2517
|
|
|
2518 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */
|
|
|
2519 if (modifiers != 0)
|
|
|
2520 {
|
|
|
2521 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2522 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2523 dst[dlen++] = modifiers;
|
|
|
2524 }
|
|
|
2525
|
|
|
2526 if (IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2527 {
|
|
|
2528 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2529 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2530 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2531 }
|
|
|
2532 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2533 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode)
|
|
|
2534 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen);
|
|
|
2535 #endif
|
|
|
2536 else if (keycode)
|
|
|
2537 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst);
|
|
|
2538 else
|
|
|
2539 dst[dlen++] = key;
|
|
|
2540
|
|
|
2541 return dlen;
|
|
|
2542 }
|
|
|
2543
|
|
|
2544 /*
|
|
|
2545 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers.
|
|
|
2546 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2547 * returns 0 if there is no match.
|
|
|
2548 */
|
|
|
2549 int
|
|
|
2550 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode)
|
|
|
2551 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2552 int *modp;
|
|
|
2553 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2554 {
|
|
|
2555 char_u *last_dash;
|
|
|
2556 char_u *end_of_name;
|
|
|
2557 char_u *src;
|
|
|
2558 char_u *bp;
|
|
|
2559 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2560 int bit;
|
|
|
2561 int key;
|
|
835
|
2562 unsigned long n;
|
|
7
|
2563
|
|
|
2564 src = *srcp;
|
|
|
2565 if (src[0] != '<')
|
|
|
2566 return 0;
|
|
|
2567
|
|
|
2568 /* Find end of modifier list */
|
|
|
2569 last_dash = src;
|
|
|
2570 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++)
|
|
|
2571 {
|
|
|
2572 if (*bp == '-')
|
|
|
2573 {
|
|
|
2574 last_dash = bp;
|
|
|
2575 if (bp[1] != NUL && bp[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2576 ++bp; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */
|
|
|
2577 }
|
|
|
2578 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3])
|
|
|
2579 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */
|
|
|
2580 }
|
|
|
2581
|
|
|
2582 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */
|
|
|
2583 {
|
|
|
2584 end_of_name = bp + 1;
|
|
|
2585
|
|
|
2586 if (STRNICMP(src + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 && VIM_ISDIGIT(src[6]))
|
|
|
2587 {
|
|
|
2588 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */
|
|
|
2589 vim_str2nr(src + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n);
|
|
|
2590 *modp = 0;
|
|
|
2591 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2592 return (int)n;
|
|
|
2593 }
|
|
|
2594
|
|
|
2595 /* Which modifiers are given? */
|
|
|
2596 modifiers = 0x0;
|
|
|
2597 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++)
|
|
|
2598 {
|
|
|
2599 if (*bp != '-')
|
|
|
2600 {
|
|
|
2601 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp);
|
|
|
2602 if (bit == 0x0)
|
|
|
2603 break; /* Illegal modifier name */
|
|
|
2604 modifiers |= bit;
|
|
|
2605 }
|
|
|
2606 }
|
|
|
2607
|
|
|
2608 /*
|
|
|
2609 * Legal modifier name.
|
|
|
2610 */
|
|
|
2611 if (bp >= last_dash)
|
|
|
2612 {
|
|
|
2613 /*
|
|
|
2614 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name.
|
|
|
2615 */
|
|
|
2616 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2617 key = last_dash[1];
|
|
|
2618 else
|
|
180
|
2619 {
|
|
7
|
2620 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1);
|
|
180
|
2621 key = handle_x_keys(key);
|
|
|
2622 }
|
|
7
|
2623
|
|
|
2624 /*
|
|
|
2625 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid
|
|
|
2626 * special key name.
|
|
|
2627 */
|
|
|
2628 if (key != NUL)
|
|
|
2629 {
|
|
|
2630 /*
|
|
|
2631 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that
|
|
|
2632 * includes the modifier.
|
|
|
2633 */
|
|
|
2634 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2635
|
|
|
2636 if (!keycode)
|
|
|
2637 {
|
|
|
2638 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */
|
|
|
2639 if (key == K_BS)
|
|
|
2640 key = BS;
|
|
|
2641 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL)
|
|
|
2642 key = DEL;
|
|
|
2643 }
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 /*
|
|
|
2646 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code.
|
|
|
2647 */
|
|
|
2648 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2649 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2650
|
|
|
2651 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2652 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2653 return key;
|
|
|
2654 }
|
|
|
2655 }
|
|
|
2656 }
|
|
|
2657 return 0;
|
|
|
2658 }
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 /*
|
|
|
2661 * Try to include modifiers in the key.
|
|
|
2662 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc.
|
|
|
2663 */
|
|
|
2664 int
|
|
|
2665 extract_modifiers(key, modp)
|
|
|
2666 int key;
|
|
|
2667 int *modp;
|
|
|
2668 {
|
|
|
2669 int modifiers = *modp;
|
|
|
2670
|
|
|
2671 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2672 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2673 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2674 #endif
|
|
|
2675 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2676 {
|
|
|
2677 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key);
|
|
|
2678 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2679 }
|
|
|
2680 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2681 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2682 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use:
|
|
|
2683 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?')
|
|
|
2684 * ??? */
|
|
|
2685 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key)
|
|
|
2686 != NULL
|
|
|
2687 #else
|
|
|
2688 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2689 #endif
|
|
|
2690 )
|
|
|
2691 {
|
|
|
2692 key = Ctrl_chr(key);
|
|
|
2693 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2694 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */
|
|
|
2695 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2696 key = K_ZERO;
|
|
|
2697 }
|
|
|
2698 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2699 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2700 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2701 #endif
|
|
|
2702 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80
|
|
|
2703 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2704 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */
|
|
|
2705 #endif
|
|
|
2706 )
|
|
|
2707 {
|
|
|
2708 key |= 0x80;
|
|
|
2709 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */
|
|
|
2710 }
|
|
|
2711
|
|
|
2712 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2713 return key;
|
|
|
2714 }
|
|
|
2715
|
|
|
2716 /*
|
|
|
2717 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table.
|
|
|
2718 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found.
|
|
|
2719 */
|
|
|
2720 int
|
|
|
2721 find_special_key_in_table(c)
|
|
|
2722 int c;
|
|
|
2723 {
|
|
|
2724 int i;
|
|
|
2725
|
|
|
2726 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2727 if (c == key_names_table[i].key)
|
|
|
2728 break;
|
|
|
2729 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
2730 i = -1;
|
|
|
2731 return i;
|
|
|
2732 }
|
|
|
2733
|
|
|
2734 /*
|
|
|
2735 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to
|
|
|
2736 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar).
|
|
|
2737 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a
|
|
|
2738 * termcap name.
|
|
|
2739 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found.
|
|
|
2740 */
|
|
|
2741 int
|
|
|
2742 get_special_key_code(name)
|
|
|
2743 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2744 {
|
|
|
2745 char_u *table_name;
|
|
|
2746 char_u string[3];
|
|
|
2747 int i, j;
|
|
|
2748
|
|
|
2749 /*
|
|
|
2750 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap
|
|
|
2751 */
|
|
|
2752 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL)
|
|
|
2753 {
|
|
|
2754 string[0] = name[2];
|
|
|
2755 string[1] = name[3];
|
|
|
2756 string[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
2757 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK)
|
|
|
2758 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]);
|
|
|
2759 }
|
|
|
2760 else
|
|
|
2761 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2762 {
|
|
|
2763 table_name = key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2764 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++)
|
|
|
2765 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j]))
|
|
|
2766 break;
|
|
|
2767 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL)
|
|
|
2768 return key_names_table[i].key;
|
|
|
2769 }
|
|
|
2770 return 0;
|
|
|
2771 }
|
|
|
2772
|
|
|
2773 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
2774 char_u *
|
|
|
2775 get_key_name(i)
|
|
|
2776 int i;
|
|
|
2777 {
|
|
|
2778 if (i >= KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN)
|
|
|
2779 return NULL;
|
|
|
2780 return key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2781 }
|
|
|
2782 #endif
|
|
|
2783
|
|
|
2784 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2785 /*
|
|
|
2786 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other
|
|
|
2787 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released.
|
|
|
2788 */
|
|
|
2789 int
|
|
|
2790 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2791 int code;
|
|
|
2792 int *is_click;
|
|
|
2793 int *is_drag;
|
|
|
2794 {
|
|
|
2795 int i;
|
|
|
2796
|
|
|
2797 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2798 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code)
|
|
|
2799 {
|
|
|
2800 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click;
|
|
|
2801 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag;
|
|
|
2802 return mouse_table[i].button;
|
|
|
2803 }
|
|
|
2804 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */
|
|
|
2805 }
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 /*
|
|
|
2808 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on
|
|
|
2809 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the
|
|
|
2810 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released.
|
|
|
2811 */
|
|
|
2812 int
|
|
|
2813 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2814 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */
|
|
|
2815 int is_click;
|
|
|
2816 int is_drag;
|
|
|
2817 {
|
|
|
2818 int i;
|
|
|
2819
|
|
|
2820 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2821 if (button == mouse_table[i].button
|
|
|
2822 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click
|
|
|
2823 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag)
|
|
|
2824 {
|
|
|
2825 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
263
|
2826 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1
|
|
|
2827 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in
|
|
|
2828 * gui_mouse_moved() */
|
|
|
2829 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF)
|
|
7
|
2830 {
|
|
263
|
2831 if (mouse_col < 0)
|
|
|
2832 mouse_col = 0;
|
|
|
2833 else
|
|
|
2834 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF;
|
|
7
|
2835 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
|
2836 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM;
|
|
|
2837 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE)
|
|
|
2838 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM;
|
|
|
2839 }
|
|
|
2840 #endif
|
|
|
2841 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code;
|
|
|
2842 }
|
|
1209
|
2843 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recognized, ignore it */
|
|
7
|
2844 }
|
|
|
2845 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2846
|
|
|
2847 /*
|
|
|
2848 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2849 */
|
|
|
2850 int
|
|
|
2851 get_fileformat(buf)
|
|
|
2852 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2853 {
|
|
|
2854 int c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2855
|
|
|
2856 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u')
|
|
|
2857 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2858 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2859 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2860 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2861 }
|
|
|
2862
|
|
|
2863 /*
|
|
|
2864 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val"
|
|
|
2865 * argument.
|
|
|
2866 */
|
|
|
2867 int
|
|
|
2868 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap)
|
|
|
2869 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2870 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */
|
|
|
2871 {
|
|
|
2872 int c;
|
|
|
2873
|
|
|
2874 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0)
|
|
|
2875 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff];
|
|
|
2876 else
|
|
|
2877 {
|
|
|
2878 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0)
|
|
|
2879 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin)
|
|
|
2880 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2881 c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2882 }
|
|
|
2883 if (c == 'u')
|
|
|
2884 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2885 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2886 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2887 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2888 }
|
|
|
2889
|
|
|
2890 /*
|
|
|
2891 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2892 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'.
|
|
|
2893 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'!
|
|
|
2894 */
|
|
|
2895 void
|
|
|
2896 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags)
|
|
|
2897 int t;
|
|
|
2898 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */
|
|
|
2899 {
|
|
|
2900 char *p = NULL;
|
|
|
2901
|
|
|
2902 switch (t)
|
|
|
2903 {
|
|
|
2904 case EOL_DOS:
|
|
|
2905 p = FF_DOS;
|
|
|
2906 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE;
|
|
|
2907 break;
|
|
|
2908 case EOL_UNIX:
|
|
|
2909 p = FF_UNIX;
|
|
|
2910 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2911 break;
|
|
|
2912 case EOL_MAC:
|
|
|
2913 p = FF_MAC;
|
|
|
2914 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2915 break;
|
|
|
2916 }
|
|
|
2917 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
2918 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p,
|
|
694
|
2919 OPT_FREE | opt_flags, 0);
|
|
|
2920
|
|
7
|
2921 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
671
|
2922 /* This may cause the buffer to become (un)modified. */
|
|
7
|
2923 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
673
|
2924 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2925 #endif
|
|
|
2926 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2927 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2928 #endif
|
|
|
2929 }
|
|
|
2930
|
|
|
2931 /*
|
|
|
2932 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'.
|
|
|
2933 */
|
|
|
2934 int
|
|
|
2935 default_fileformat()
|
|
|
2936 {
|
|
|
2937 switch (*p_ffs)
|
|
|
2938 {
|
|
|
2939 case 'm': return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2940 case 'd': return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2941 }
|
|
|
2942 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2943 }
|
|
|
2944
|
|
|
2945 /*
|
|
|
2946 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added.
|
|
|
2947 */
|
|
|
2948 int
|
|
|
2949 call_shell(cmd, opt)
|
|
|
2950 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
2951 int opt;
|
|
|
2952 {
|
|
|
2953 char_u *ncmd;
|
|
|
2954 int retval;
|
|
170
|
2955 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2956 proftime_T wait_time;
|
|
|
2957 #endif
|
|
7
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 if (p_verbose > 3)
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
293
|
2961 verbose_enter();
|
|
273
|
2962 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""),
|
|
7
|
2963 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd);
|
|
|
2964 out_char('\n');
|
|
|
2965 cursor_on();
|
|
293
|
2966 verbose_leave();
|
|
7
|
2967 }
|
|
|
2968
|
|
170
|
2969 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
789
|
2970 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES)
|
|
170
|
2971 prof_child_enter(&wait_time);
|
|
|
2972 #endif
|
|
|
2973
|
|
7
|
2974 if (*p_sh == NUL)
|
|
|
2975 {
|
|
|
2976 EMSG(_(e_shellempty));
|
|
|
2977 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2978 }
|
|
|
2979 else
|
|
|
2980 {
|
|
|
2981 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
|
|
|
2982 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */
|
|
|
2983 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
|
|
|
2984 #endif
|
|
|
2985 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2986 ++hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2987 #endif
|
|
|
2988 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */
|
|
|
2989 tag_freematch();
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL)
|
|
|
2992 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt);
|
|
|
2993 else
|
|
|
2994 {
|
|
|
2995 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(cmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1));
|
|
|
2996 if (ncmd != NULL)
|
|
|
2997 {
|
|
|
2998 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2999 STRCAT(ncmd, cmd);
|
|
|
3000 STRCAT(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
3001 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt);
|
|
|
3002 vim_free(ncmd);
|
|
|
3003 }
|
|
|
3004 else
|
|
|
3005 retval = -1;
|
|
|
3006 }
|
|
|
3007 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3008 --hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
3009 #endif
|
|
|
3010 /*
|
|
|
3011 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the
|
|
|
3012 * external command.
|
|
|
3013 */
|
|
|
3014 shell_resized_check();
|
|
|
3015 }
|
|
|
3016
|
|
|
3017 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
3018 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval);
|
|
170
|
3019 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
789
|
3020 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES)
|
|
170
|
3021 prof_child_exit(&wait_time);
|
|
|
3022 # endif
|
|
7
|
3023 #endif
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 return retval;
|
|
|
3026 }
|
|
|
3027
|
|
|
3028 /*
|
|
789
|
3029 * VISUAL, SELECTMODE and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to
|
|
|
3030 * NORMAL State with a condition. This function returns the real State.
|
|
7
|
3031 */
|
|
|
3032 int
|
|
|
3033 get_real_state()
|
|
|
3034 {
|
|
|
3035 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
3036 {
|
|
|
3037 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
3038 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
789
|
3039 {
|
|
|
3040 if (VIsual_select)
|
|
|
3041 return SELECTMODE;
|
|
7
|
3042 return VISUAL;
|
|
789
|
3043 }
|
|
7
|
3044 else
|
|
|
3045 #endif
|
|
|
3046 if (finish_op)
|
|
789
|
3047 return OP_PENDING;
|
|
7
|
3048 }
|
|
|
3049 return State;
|
|
|
3050 }
|
|
|
3051
|
|
39
|
3052 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3053 /*
|
|
|
3054 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator.
|
|
|
3055 * Take care of multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
3056 * "b" must point to the start of the file name
|
|
|
3057 */
|
|
|
3058 int
|
|
|
3059 after_pathsep(b, p)
|
|
|
3060 char_u *b;
|
|
|
3061 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3062 {
|
|
|
3063 return vim_ispathsep(p[-1])
|
|
|
3064 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0);
|
|
|
3065 }
|
|
|
3066 #endif
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 /*
|
|
|
3069 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory.
|
|
|
3070 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path.
|
|
|
3071 */
|
|
|
3072 int
|
|
|
3073 same_directory(f1, f2)
|
|
|
3074 char_u *f1;
|
|
|
3075 char_u *f2;
|
|
|
3076 {
|
|
|
3077 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3078 char_u *t1;
|
|
|
3079 char_u *t2;
|
|
|
3080
|
|
|
3081 /* safety check */
|
|
|
3082 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL)
|
|
|
3083 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
3086 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname);
|
|
|
3087 t2 = gettail_sep(f2);
|
|
|
3088 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2
|
|
|
3089 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0);
|
|
|
3090 }
|
|
|
3091
|
|
7
|
3092 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \
|
|
574
|
3093 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \
|
|
11
|
3094 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \
|
|
7
|
3095 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \
|
|
|
3096 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3097 /*
|
|
|
3098 * Change to a file's directory.
|
|
|
3099 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()!
|
|
|
3100 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
3101 */
|
|
|
3102 int
|
|
|
3103 vim_chdirfile(fname)
|
|
|
3104 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3105 {
|
|
39
|
3106 char_u dir[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3107
|
|
418
|
3108 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
39
|
3109 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL;
|
|
|
3110 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
7
|
3111 }
|
|
|
3112 #endif
|
|
|
3113
|
|
|
3114 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3115 /*
|
|
|
3116 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory.
|
|
|
3117 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name.
|
|
|
3118 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory.
|
|
|
3119 */
|
|
|
3120 int
|
|
|
3121 illegal_slash(name)
|
|
|
3122 char *name;
|
|
|
3123 {
|
|
|
3124 if (name[0] == NUL)
|
|
|
3125 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */
|
|
|
3126 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/')
|
|
|
3127 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */
|
|
|
3128 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name))
|
|
|
3129 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */
|
|
|
3130 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3131 }
|
|
|
3132 #endif
|
|
|
3133
|
|
|
3134 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3135
|
|
|
3136 /*
|
|
|
3137 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes.
|
|
|
3138 */
|
|
|
3139
|
|
|
3140 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] =
|
|
|
3141 {
|
|
|
3142 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
3143 * defaults when Vim starts.
|
|
|
3144 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */
|
|
|
3145 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3146 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3147 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3148 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3149 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3150 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3151 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3152 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3153 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3154 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3155 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3156 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3157 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3158 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3159 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3160 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3161 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR},
|
|
|
3162 };
|
|
|
3163
|
|
|
3164 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3165 /*
|
|
|
3166 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for
|
|
|
3167 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!.
|
|
|
3168 */
|
|
|
3169 static char * mshape_names[] =
|
|
|
3170 {
|
|
|
3171 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */
|
|
|
3172 "blank", /* hidden */
|
|
|
3173 "beam",
|
|
|
3174 "updown",
|
|
|
3175 "udsizing",
|
|
|
3176 "leftright",
|
|
|
3177 "lrsizing",
|
|
|
3178 "busy",
|
|
|
3179 "no",
|
|
|
3180 "crosshair",
|
|
|
3181 "hand1",
|
|
|
3182 "hand2",
|
|
|
3183 "pencil",
|
|
|
3184 "question",
|
|
|
3185 "rightup-arrow",
|
|
|
3186 "up-arrow",
|
|
|
3187 NULL
|
|
|
3188 };
|
|
|
3189 #endif
|
|
|
3190
|
|
|
3191 /*
|
|
|
3192 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
3193 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE).
|
|
|
3194 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
3195 */
|
|
|
3196 char_u *
|
|
|
3197 parse_shape_opt(what)
|
|
|
3198 int what;
|
|
|
3199 {
|
|
|
3200 char_u *modep;
|
|
|
3201 char_u *colonp;
|
|
|
3202 char_u *commap;
|
|
|
3203 char_u *slashp;
|
|
|
3204 char_u *p, *endp;
|
|
|
3205 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
3206 int all_idx;
|
|
|
3207 int len;
|
|
|
3208 int i;
|
|
|
3209 long n;
|
|
|
3210 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */
|
|
|
3211 int round;
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 /*
|
|
|
3214 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real.
|
|
|
3215 */
|
|
|
3216 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3217 {
|
|
|
3218 /*
|
|
|
3219 * Repeat for all comma separated parts.
|
|
|
3220 */
|
|
|
3221 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3222 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3223 modep = p_mouseshape;
|
|
|
3224 else
|
|
|
3225 #endif
|
|
|
3226 modep = p_guicursor;
|
|
|
3227 while (*modep != NUL)
|
|
|
3228 {
|
|
|
3229 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':');
|
|
|
3230 if (colonp == NULL)
|
|
|
3231 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon");
|
|
|
3232 if (colonp == modep)
|
|
|
3233 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
3234 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ',');
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 /*
|
|
|
3237 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon.
|
|
|
3238 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes.
|
|
|
3239 */
|
|
|
3240 all_idx = -1;
|
|
|
3241 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3242 {
|
|
|
3243 if (all_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3244 {
|
|
|
3245 /* Find the mode. */
|
|
|
3246 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3247 len = 1;
|
|
|
3248 else
|
|
|
3249 len = 2;
|
|
|
3250 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a')
|
|
|
3251 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1;
|
|
|
3252 else
|
|
|
3253 {
|
|
|
3254 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx)
|
|
|
3255 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len)
|
|
|
3256 == 0)
|
|
|
3257 break;
|
|
|
3258 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT
|
|
|
3259 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0)
|
|
|
3260 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
3261 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e')
|
|
|
3262 found_ve = TRUE;
|
|
|
3263 }
|
|
|
3264 modep += len + 1;
|
|
|
3265 }
|
|
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 if (all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3268 idx = all_idx--;
|
|
|
3269 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3270 {
|
|
|
3271 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3272 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3273 {
|
|
|
3274 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
3275 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0;
|
|
|
3276 }
|
|
|
3277 else
|
|
|
3278 #endif
|
|
|
3279 {
|
|
|
3280 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
3281 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3282 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L;
|
|
|
3283 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L;
|
|
|
3284 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L;
|
|
|
3285 }
|
|
|
3286 }
|
|
|
3287
|
|
|
3288 /* Parse the part after the colon */
|
|
|
3289 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; )
|
|
|
3290 {
|
|
|
3291 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3292 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3293 {
|
|
|
3294 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
3295 {
|
|
|
3296 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL)
|
|
|
3297 {
|
|
|
3298 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3299 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape");
|
|
|
3300 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3301 shape_table[idx].mshape =
|
|
|
3302 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED;
|
|
|
3303 else
|
|
|
3304 (void)getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3305 break;
|
|
|
3306 }
|
|
|
3307 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]);
|
|
|
3308 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
3309 {
|
|
|
3310 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3311 shape_table[idx].mshape = i;
|
|
|
3312 p += len;
|
|
|
3313 break;
|
|
|
3314 }
|
|
|
3315 }
|
|
|
3316 }
|
|
|
3317 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3318 #endif
|
|
|
3319 {
|
|
|
3320 /*
|
|
|
3321 * First handle the ones with a number argument.
|
|
|
3322 */
|
|
|
3323 i = *p;
|
|
|
3324 len = 0;
|
|
|
3325 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3326 len = 3;
|
|
|
3327 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3328 len = 3;
|
|
|
3329 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
3330 len = 9;
|
|
|
3331 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
3332 len = 7;
|
|
|
3333 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
3334 len = 8;
|
|
|
3335 if (len != 0)
|
|
|
3336 {
|
|
|
3337 p += len;
|
|
|
3338 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3339 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected");
|
|
|
3340 n = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3341 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */
|
|
|
3342 {
|
|
|
3343 if (n == 0)
|
|
|
3344 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage");
|
|
|
3345 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3346 {
|
|
|
3347 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v')
|
|
|
3348 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER;
|
|
|
3349 else
|
|
|
3350 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR;
|
|
|
3351 shape_table[idx].percentage = n;
|
|
|
3352 }
|
|
|
3353 }
|
|
|
3354 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3355 {
|
|
|
3356 if (len == 9)
|
|
|
3357 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n;
|
|
|
3358 else if (len == 7)
|
|
|
3359 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n;
|
|
|
3360 else
|
|
|
3361 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n;
|
|
|
3362 }
|
|
|
3363 }
|
|
|
3364 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
3365 {
|
|
|
3366 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3367 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3368 p += 5;
|
|
|
3369 }
|
|
|
3370 else /* must be a highlight group name then */
|
|
|
3371 {
|
|
|
3372 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-');
|
|
|
3373 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */
|
|
|
3374 {
|
|
|
3375 if (endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3376 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */
|
|
|
3377 }
|
|
|
3378 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3379 endp = commap;
|
|
|
3380 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/');
|
|
|
3381 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3382 {
|
|
|
3383 /* "group/langmap_group" */
|
|
|
3384 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p));
|
|
|
3385 p = slashp + 1;
|
|
|
3386 }
|
|
|
3387 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3388 {
|
|
|
3389 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p,
|
|
|
3390 (int)(endp - p));
|
|
|
3391 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id;
|
|
|
3392 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3393 shape_table[idx].id = i;
|
|
|
3394 }
|
|
|
3395 p = endp;
|
|
|
3396 }
|
|
|
3397 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3398
|
|
|
3399 if (*p == '-')
|
|
|
3400 ++p;
|
|
|
3401 }
|
|
|
3402 }
|
|
|
3403 modep = p;
|
|
|
3404 if (*modep == ',')
|
|
|
3405 ++modep;
|
|
|
3406 }
|
|
|
3407 }
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */
|
|
|
3410 if (!found_ve)
|
|
|
3411 {
|
|
|
3412 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3413 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3414 {
|
|
|
3415 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape;
|
|
|
3416 }
|
|
|
3417 else
|
|
|
3418 #endif
|
|
|
3419 {
|
|
|
3420 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape;
|
|
|
3421 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage =
|
|
|
3422 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage;
|
|
|
3423 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait =
|
|
|
3424 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait;
|
|
|
3425 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon =
|
|
|
3426 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon;
|
|
|
3427 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff =
|
|
|
3428 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff;
|
|
|
3429 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id;
|
|
|
3430 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm;
|
|
|
3431 }
|
|
|
3432 }
|
|
|
3433
|
|
|
3434 return NULL;
|
|
|
3435 }
|
|
|
3436
|
|
500
|
3437 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \
|
|
|
3438 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3439 /*
|
|
|
3440 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode.
|
|
|
3441 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer.
|
|
|
3442 */
|
|
|
3443 int
|
|
|
3444 get_shape_idx(mouse)
|
|
|
3445 int mouse;
|
|
|
3446 {
|
|
|
3447 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3448 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE))
|
|
|
3449 {
|
|
|
3450 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
87
|
3451 int x, y;
|
|
|
3452 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y);
|
|
|
3453 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1)
|
|
7
|
3454 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL;
|
|
|
3455 # endif
|
|
|
3456 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE;
|
|
|
3457 }
|
|
|
3458 if (mouse && drag_status_line)
|
|
|
3459 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG;
|
|
|
3460 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
3461 if (mouse && drag_sep_line)
|
|
|
3462 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG;
|
|
|
3463 # endif
|
|
|
3464 #endif
|
|
|
3465 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH)
|
|
|
3466 return SHAPE_IDX_SM;
|
|
|
3467 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
3468 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3469 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3470 #endif
|
|
|
3471 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3472 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3473 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
3474 return SHAPE_IDX_I;
|
|
|
3475 if (State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3476 {
|
|
|
3477 if (cmdline_at_end())
|
|
|
3478 return SHAPE_IDX_C;
|
|
|
3479 if (cmdline_overstrike())
|
|
|
3480 return SHAPE_IDX_CR;
|
|
|
3481 return SHAPE_IDX_CI;
|
|
|
3482 }
|
|
|
3483 if (finish_op)
|
|
|
3484 return SHAPE_IDX_O;
|
|
|
3485 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
3486 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
|
3487 {
|
|
|
3488 if (*p_sel == 'e')
|
|
|
3489 return SHAPE_IDX_VE;
|
|
|
3490 else
|
|
|
3491 return SHAPE_IDX_V;
|
|
|
3492 }
|
|
|
3493 #endif
|
|
|
3494 return SHAPE_IDX_N;
|
|
|
3495 }
|
|
500
|
3496 #endif
|
|
7
|
3497
|
|
|
3498 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3499 static int old_mouse_shape = 0;
|
|
|
3500
|
|
|
3501 /*
|
|
|
3502 * Set the mouse shape:
|
|
|
3503 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode,
|
|
|
3504 * depending on the current state.
|
|
|
3505 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used
|
|
|
3506 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line).
|
|
|
3507 */
|
|
|
3508 void
|
|
|
3509 update_mouseshape(shape_idx)
|
|
|
3510 int shape_idx;
|
|
|
3511 {
|
|
|
3512 int new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3513
|
|
|
3514 /* Only works in GUI mode. */
|
|
227
|
3515 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting)
|
|
7
|
3516 return;
|
|
|
3517
|
|
|
3518 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of
|
|
|
3519 * mappings. */
|
|
|
3520 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail())
|
|
|
3521 {
|
|
|
3522 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE;
|
|
|
3523 return;
|
|
|
3524 }
|
|
|
3525
|
|
864
|
3526 /* When ignoring the mouse don't change shape on the statusline. */
|
|
|
3527 if (*p_mouse == NUL
|
|
|
3528 && (shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_CLINE
|
|
|
3529 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_STATUS
|
|
|
3530 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_VSEP))
|
|
|
3531 shape_idx = -2;
|
|
|
3532
|
|
7
|
3533 if (shape_idx == -2
|
|
|
3534 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape
|
|
|
3535 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape
|
|
|
3536 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape)
|
|
|
3537 return;
|
|
|
3538 if (shape_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3539 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape;
|
|
|
3540 else
|
|
|
3541 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape;
|
|
|
3542 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape)
|
|
|
3543 {
|
|
|
3544 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape);
|
|
|
3545 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3546 }
|
|
|
3547 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE;
|
|
|
3548 }
|
|
|
3549 # endif
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */
|
|
|
3552
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
|
|
|
3555 /*
|
|
1209
|
3556 * Optional encryption support.
|
|
7
|
3557 * Mohsin Ahmed, mosh@sasi.com, 98-09-24
|
|
|
3558 * Based on zip/crypt sources.
|
|
|
3559 *
|
|
|
3560 * NOTE FOR USA: Since 2000 exporting this code from the USA is allowed to
|
|
|
3561 * most countries. There are a few exceptions, but that still should not be a
|
|
|
3562 * problem since this code was originally created in Europe and India.
|
|
|
3563 */
|
|
|
3564
|
|
|
3565 /* from zip.h */
|
|
|
3566
|
|
|
3567 typedef unsigned short ush; /* unsigned 16-bit value */
|
|
|
3568 typedef unsigned long ulg; /* unsigned 32-bit value */
|
|
|
3569
|
|
|
3570 static void make_crc_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3571
|
|
297
|
3572 static ulg crc_32_tab[256];
|
|
7
|
3573
|
|
|
3574 /*
|
|
|
3575 * Fill the CRC table.
|
|
|
3576 */
|
|
|
3577 static void
|
|
|
3578 make_crc_tab()
|
|
|
3579 {
|
|
|
3580 ulg s,t,v;
|
|
|
3581 static int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 if (done)
|
|
|
3584 return;
|
|
|
3585 for (t = 0; t < 256; t++)
|
|
|
3586 {
|
|
|
3587 v = t;
|
|
|
3588 for (s = 0; s < 8; s++)
|
|
|
3589 v = (v >> 1) ^ ((v & 1) * (ulg)0xedb88320L);
|
|
|
3590 crc_32_tab[t] = v;
|
|
|
3591 }
|
|
|
3592 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
3593 }
|
|
|
3594
|
|
|
3595 #define CRC32(c, b) (crc_32_tab[((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff] ^ ((c) >> 8))
|
|
|
3596
|
|
|
3597
|
|
|
3598 static ulg keys[3]; /* keys defining the pseudo-random sequence */
|
|
|
3599
|
|
|
3600 /*
|
|
|
3601 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence
|
|
|
3602 */
|
|
|
3603 int
|
|
|
3604 decrypt_byte()
|
|
|
3605 {
|
|
|
3606 ush temp;
|
|
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2;
|
|
|
3609 return (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff);
|
|
|
3610 }
|
|
|
3611
|
|
|
3612 /*
|
|
|
3613 * Update the encryption keys with the next byte of plain text
|
|
|
3614 */
|
|
|
3615 int
|
|
|
3616 update_keys(c)
|
|
|
3617 int c; /* byte of plain text */
|
|
|
3618 {
|
|
|
3619 keys[0] = CRC32(keys[0], c);
|
|
|
3620 keys[1] += keys[0] & 0xff;
|
|
|
3621 keys[1] = keys[1] * 134775813L + 1;
|
|
|
3622 keys[2] = CRC32(keys[2], (int)(keys[1] >> 24));
|
|
|
3623 return c;
|
|
|
3624 }
|
|
|
3625
|
|
|
3626 /*
|
|
|
3627 * Initialize the encryption keys and the random header according to
|
|
|
3628 * the given password.
|
|
|
3629 * If "passwd" is NULL or empty, don't do anything.
|
|
|
3630 */
|
|
|
3631 void
|
|
|
3632 crypt_init_keys(passwd)
|
|
|
3633 char_u *passwd; /* password string with which to modify keys */
|
|
|
3634 {
|
|
|
3635 if (passwd != NULL && *passwd != NUL)
|
|
|
3636 {
|
|
|
3637 make_crc_tab();
|
|
|
3638 keys[0] = 305419896L;
|
|
|
3639 keys[1] = 591751049L;
|
|
|
3640 keys[2] = 878082192L;
|
|
|
3641 while (*passwd != '\0')
|
|
|
3642 update_keys((int)*passwd++);
|
|
|
3643 }
|
|
|
3644 }
|
|
|
3645
|
|
|
3646 /*
|
|
|
3647 * Ask the user for a crypt key.
|
|
|
3648 * When "store" is TRUE, the new key in stored in the 'key' option, and the
|
|
|
3649 * 'key' option value is returned: Don't free it.
|
|
|
3650 * When "store" is FALSE, the typed key is returned in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3651 * Returns NULL on failure.
|
|
|
3652 */
|
|
|
3653 char_u *
|
|
|
3654 get_crypt_key(store, twice)
|
|
|
3655 int store;
|
|
|
3656 int twice; /* Ask for the key twice. */
|
|
|
3657 {
|
|
|
3658 char_u *p1, *p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3659 int round;
|
|
|
3660
|
|
|
3661 for (round = 0; ; ++round)
|
|
|
3662 {
|
|
|
3663 cmdline_star = TRUE;
|
|
|
3664 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3665 p1 = getcmdline_prompt(NUL, round == 0
|
|
|
3666 ? (char_u *)_("Enter encryption key: ")
|
|
531
|
3667 : (char_u *)_("Enter same key again: "), 0, EXPAND_NOTHING,
|
|
|
3668 NULL);
|
|
7
|
3669 cmdline_star = FALSE;
|
|
|
3670
|
|
|
3671 if (p1 == NULL)
|
|
|
3672 break;
|
|
|
3673
|
|
|
3674 if (round == twice)
|
|
|
3675 {
|
|
|
3676 if (p2 != NULL && STRCMP(p1, p2) != 0)
|
|
|
3677 {
|
|
|
3678 MSG(_("Keys don't match!"));
|
|
|
3679 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3680 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3681 p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3682 round = -1; /* do it again */
|
|
|
3683 continue;
|
|
|
3684 }
|
|
|
3685 if (store)
|
|
|
3686 {
|
|
|
3687 set_option_value((char_u *)"key", 0L, p1, OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
|
3688 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3689 p1 = curbuf->b_p_key;
|
|
|
3690 }
|
|
|
3691 break;
|
|
|
3692 }
|
|
|
3693 p2 = p1;
|
|
|
3694 }
|
|
|
3695
|
|
|
3696 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */
|
|
|
3697 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
3698 msg_didout = FALSE;
|
|
|
3699
|
|
|
3700 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3701 return p1;
|
|
|
3702 }
|
|
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 #endif /* FEAT_CRYPT */
|
|
|
3705
|
|
|
3706 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */
|
|
|
3707 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
3708 /*
|
|
|
3709 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options.
|
|
|
3710 * External visible functions:
|
|
|
3711 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context
|
|
|
3712 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search
|
|
|
3713 * context
|
|
|
3714 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context
|
|
|
3715 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by
|
|
|
3716 * vim_findfile_init()
|
|
|
3717 *
|
|
|
3718 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_'
|
|
|
3719 *
|
|
|
3720 * In general it works like this:
|
|
|
3721 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init().
|
|
|
3722 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to
|
|
|
3723 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile()
|
|
|
3724 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it
|
|
|
3725 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to
|
|
|
3726 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL.
|
|
|
3727 *
|
|
|
3728 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search
|
|
|
3729 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to
|
|
|
3730 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited
|
|
|
3731 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories
|
|
|
3732 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3733 *
|
|
|
3734 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context.
|
|
|
3735 *
|
|
|
3736 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the
|
|
|
3737 * needed parameters.
|
|
|
3738 *
|
|
|
3739 *
|
|
|
3740 *
|
|
|
3741 * ATTENTION:
|
|
|
3742 * ==========
|
|
1072
|
3743 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions are NOT
|
|
7
|
3744 * thread-safe!!!!!
|
|
|
3745 *
|
|
|
3746 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the
|
|
|
3747 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is
|
|
|
3748 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local
|
|
|
3749 * functions.
|
|
|
3750 */
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 /*
|
|
|
3753 * type for the directory search stack
|
|
|
3754 */
|
|
|
3755 typedef struct ff_stack
|
|
|
3756 {
|
|
|
3757 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev;
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards
|
|
|
3760 * of the search path
|
|
|
3761 */
|
|
|
3762 char_u *ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
3763 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3764 char_u *ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
3765 #endif
|
|
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard
|
|
|
3768 * of wc_part
|
|
|
3769 */
|
|
|
3770 char_u **ffs_filearray;
|
|
|
3771 int ffs_filearray_size;
|
|
|
3772 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 /* to store status of partly handled directories
|
|
|
3775 * 0: we work the on this directory for the first time
|
|
|
3776 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step
|
|
|
3777 */
|
|
|
3778 int ffs_stage;
|
|
|
3779
|
|
|
3780 /* How deep are we in the directory tree?
|
|
|
3781 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init
|
|
|
3782 */
|
|
|
3783 int ffs_level;
|
|
|
3784
|
|
|
3785 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */
|
|
|
3786 int ffs_star_star_empty;
|
|
|
3787 } ff_stack_T;
|
|
|
3788
|
|
|
3789 /*
|
|
|
3790 * type for already visited directories or files.
|
|
|
3791 */
|
|
|
3792 typedef struct ff_visited
|
|
|
3793 {
|
|
|
3794 struct ff_visited *ffv_next;
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3797 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are
|
|
|
3798 * different. So we have to save it.
|
|
|
3799 */
|
|
|
3800 char_u *ffv_wc_path;
|
|
|
3801 #endif
|
|
|
3802 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else
|
|
|
3803 * use filename.
|
|
|
3804 */
|
|
|
3805 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3806 int ffv_dev; /* device number (-1 if not set) */
|
|
|
3807 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */
|
|
|
3808 #endif
|
|
|
3809 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of
|
|
|
3810 * ffv_fname.
|
|
|
3811 */
|
|
|
3812 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */
|
|
|
3813 } ff_visited_T;
|
|
|
3814
|
|
|
3815 /*
|
|
|
3816 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search.
|
|
1209
|
3817 * This is especially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to:
|
|
7
|
3818 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *)
|
|
|
3819 * So we have to do 3 searches:
|
|
|
3820 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3821 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS"
|
|
|
3822 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3823 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for
|
|
|
3824 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the
|
|
|
3825 * second search we must start from a empty visited list.
|
|
|
3826 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already
|
|
|
3827 * visited lists.
|
|
|
3828 */
|
|
|
3829 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr
|
|
|
3830 {
|
|
|
3831 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next;
|
|
|
3832
|
|
|
3833 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */
|
|
|
3834 char_u *ffvl_filename;
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
3836 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list;
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T;
|
|
|
3839
|
|
|
3840
|
|
|
3841 /*
|
|
|
3842 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels.
|
|
1209
|
3843 * Set the default maximum depth.
|
|
7
|
3844 */
|
|
|
3845 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30)
|
|
|
3846 /*
|
|
|
3847 * The search context:
|
|
|
3848 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search
|
|
|
3849 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list
|
|
|
3850 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs
|
|
|
3851 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists
|
|
|
3852 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs
|
|
|
3853 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for
|
|
|
3854 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative
|
|
|
3855 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards)
|
|
|
3856 * Needed for upward search.
|
|
|
3857 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards
|
|
|
3858 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards
|
|
|
3859 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search
|
|
|
3860 * ffsc_need_dir: TRUE if we search for a directory
|
|
|
3861 */
|
|
|
3862 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T
|
|
|
3863 {
|
|
|
3864 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
3865 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list;
|
|
|
3866 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list;
|
|
|
3867 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3868 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3869 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search;
|
|
|
3870 char_u *ffsc_start_dir;
|
|
|
3871 char_u *ffsc_fix_path;
|
|
|
3872 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3873 char_u *ffsc_wc_path;
|
|
|
3874 int ffsc_level;
|
|
|
3875 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
3876 #endif
|
|
|
3877 int ffsc_need_dir;
|
|
359
|
3878 } ff_search_ctx_T;
|
|
|
3879
|
|
7
|
3880 static ff_search_ctx_T *ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
3881
|
|
|
3882 /* locally needed functions */
|
|
|
3883 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3884 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
3885 #else
|
|
|
3886 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *));
|
|
|
3887 #endif
|
|
|
3888 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3889 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl));
|
|
|
3890 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3891 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3892 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2));
|
|
|
3893 #endif
|
|
|
3894
|
|
|
3895 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3896 static ff_stack_T * ff_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3897 static void ff_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3898 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3899 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3900 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3901 #else
|
|
|
3902 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3903 #endif
|
|
|
3904 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3905 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **));
|
|
|
3906 #endif
|
|
|
3907
|
|
|
3908 #if 0
|
|
|
3909 /*
|
|
|
3910 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions
|
|
|
3911 * NOT TESTED!!
|
|
|
3912 */
|
|
|
3913
|
|
|
3914 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 char_u *
|
|
|
3917 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level)
|
|
|
3918 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3919 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3920 int level;
|
|
|
3921 {
|
|
|
3922 ff_fn_search_context =
|
|
|
3923 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE,
|
|
|
3924 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname);
|
|
|
3925 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context)
|
|
|
3926 return NULL;
|
|
|
3927 else
|
|
|
3928 return vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3929 }
|
|
|
3930
|
|
|
3931 char_u *
|
|
|
3932 vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3933 {
|
|
|
3934 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3935
|
|
|
3936 if (NULL == ret)
|
|
|
3937 {
|
|
|
3938 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3939 ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3940 }
|
|
|
3941 return ret;
|
|
|
3942 }
|
|
|
3943 #endif
|
|
|
3944
|
|
|
3945 /*
|
|
|
3946 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile.
|
|
|
3947 *
|
|
|
3948 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occured.
|
|
|
3949 *
|
|
|
3950 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done
|
|
|
3951 * with the search context.
|
|
|
3952 *
|
|
|
3953 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'.
|
|
|
3954 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level'
|
|
|
3955 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is
|
|
|
3956 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100
|
|
|
3957 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels.
|
|
|
3958 *
|
|
|
3959 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is
|
|
|
3960 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the
|
|
|
3961 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the
|
|
|
3962 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$".
|
|
|
3963 *
|
|
|
3964 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's
|
|
|
3965 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir.
|
|
|
3966 * If the 'path' is absolut, the starting dir is that part of the path before
|
|
|
3967 * the first wildcard.
|
|
|
3968 *
|
|
|
3969 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir.
|
|
|
3970 *
|
|
|
3971 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is
|
|
|
3972 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another
|
|
|
3973 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is
|
|
|
3974 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places.
|
|
|
3975 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function
|
|
|
3976 * vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3977 *
|
|
|
3978 * Set the parameter 'need_dir' to TRUE if you want to search for a directory
|
|
|
3979 * instead of a file.
|
|
|
3980 *
|
|
|
3981 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be
|
|
|
3982 * passed in the parameter 'search_ctx'. This context is than reused and
|
|
|
3983 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already viseted
|
|
|
3984 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter
|
|
|
3985 * 'free_visited' is true. Be aware that the passed search_context is freed if
|
|
|
3986 * the reinitialization fails.
|
|
|
3987 *
|
|
|
3988 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call 'search_ctx' must be
|
|
|
3989 * NULL.
|
|
|
3990 *
|
|
|
3991 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have
|
|
|
3992 * limited functionality then.
|
|
|
3993 */
|
|
|
3994 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3995 void *
|
|
|
3996 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, need_dir,
|
|
|
3997 search_ctx, tagfile, rel_fname)
|
|
|
3998 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3999 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
4000 char_u *stopdirs;
|
|
|
4001 int level;
|
|
|
4002 int free_visited;
|
|
|
4003 int need_dir;
|
|
|
4004 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4005 int tagfile;
|
|
|
4006 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */
|
|
|
4007 {
|
|
|
4008 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4009 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
4010 #endif
|
|
|
4011 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a
|
|
|
4014 * new one.
|
|
|
4015 */
|
|
|
4016 if (search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
4017 ff_search_ctx = search_ctx;
|
|
|
4018 else
|
|
|
4019 {
|
|
|
4020 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc(
|
|
|
4021 (unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
4022 if (ff_search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4023 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4024 memset(ff_search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
4025 }
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
4027 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */
|
|
|
4028 ff_clear();
|
|
|
4029
|
|
|
4030 /* clear visited list if wanted */
|
|
|
4031 if (free_visited == TRUE)
|
|
|
4032 vim_findfile_free_visited(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
4033 else
|
|
|
4034 {
|
|
|
4035 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given
|
|
|
4036 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new
|
|
|
4037 * one.
|
|
|
4038 */
|
|
|
4039 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
4040 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4041 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
4042 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4043 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
4044 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4045 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
4046 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4047 }
|
|
|
4048
|
|
|
4049 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
4050 {
|
|
|
4051 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4052 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
4053 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4054 }
|
|
|
4055
|
|
|
4056 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative.
|
|
20
|
4057 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */
|
|
7
|
4058 if (path[0] == '.'
|
|
|
4059 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
4060 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL)
|
|
|
4061 && rel_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
4062 {
|
|
|
4063 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname);
|
|
|
4064
|
|
|
4065 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
4066 {
|
|
|
4067 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */
|
|
418
|
4068 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len);
|
|
7
|
4069 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
4070 FALSE);
|
|
|
4071 }
|
|
|
4072 else
|
|
|
4073 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len);
|
|
|
4074 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
4075 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4076 if (*++path != NUL)
|
|
|
4077 ++path;
|
|
|
4078 }
|
|
|
4079 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path))
|
|
|
4080 {
|
|
|
4081 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
4082 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */
|
|
|
4083 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
4084 {
|
|
|
4085 char_u drive[3];
|
|
|
4086
|
|
|
4087 drive[0] = path[0];
|
|
|
4088 drive[1] = ':';
|
|
|
4089 drive[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
4090 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4091 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4092 path += 2;
|
|
|
4093 }
|
|
|
4094 else
|
|
|
4095 #endif
|
|
|
4096 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4097 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4098
|
|
|
4099 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4100 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
4101 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4102
|
|
|
4103 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
4104 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the
|
|
|
4105 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */
|
|
|
4106 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\')
|
|
|
4107 && path[1] != path[0]
|
|
|
4108 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':')
|
|
|
4109 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
4110 #endif
|
|
|
4111 }
|
|
|
4112
|
|
|
4113 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4114 /*
|
|
|
4115 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers.
|
|
|
4116 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a
|
|
|
4117 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently.
|
|
|
4118 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty,
|
|
|
4119 * ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This
|
|
|
4120 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function
|
|
|
4121 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details.
|
|
|
4122 */
|
|
|
4123 if (stopdirs != NULL)
|
|
|
4124 {
|
|
|
4125 char_u *walker = stopdirs;
|
|
|
4126 int dircount;
|
|
|
4127
|
|
|
4128 while (*walker == ';')
|
|
|
4129 walker++;
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 dircount = 1;
|
|
|
4132 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v =
|
|
|
4133 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
4136 {
|
|
|
4137 do
|
|
|
4138 {
|
|
|
4139 char_u *helper;
|
|
|
4140 void *ptr;
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 helper = walker;
|
|
|
4143 ptr = vim_realloc(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v,
|
|
|
4144 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
4145 if (ptr)
|
|
|
4146 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr;
|
|
|
4147 else
|
|
|
4148 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */
|
|
|
4149 break;
|
|
|
4150 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';');
|
|
|
4151 if (walker)
|
|
|
4152 {
|
|
|
4153 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
4154 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper));
|
|
|
4155 walker++;
|
|
|
4156 }
|
|
|
4157 else
|
|
|
4158 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top
|
|
|
4159 * of directory tree.
|
|
|
4160 */
|
|
|
4161 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
4162 vim_strsave(helper);
|
|
|
4163
|
|
|
4164 dircount++;
|
|
|
4165
|
|
|
4166 } while (walker != NULL);
|
|
|
4167 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4168 }
|
|
|
4169 }
|
|
|
4170 #endif
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4173 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = level;
|
|
|
4174
|
|
|
4175 /* split into:
|
|
|
4176 * -fix path
|
|
|
4177 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL)
|
|
|
4178 */
|
|
|
4179 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*');
|
|
|
4180 if (wc_part != NULL)
|
|
|
4181 {
|
|
|
4182 int llevel;
|
|
|
4183 int len;
|
|
29
|
4184 char *errpt;
|
|
7
|
4185
|
|
|
4186 /* save the fix part of the path */
|
|
|
4187 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path,
|
|
|
4188 (int)(wc_part - path));
|
|
|
4189
|
|
|
4190 /*
|
|
|
4191 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard.
|
|
1209
|
4192 * The octet after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter.
|
|
7
|
4193 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3)
|
|
|
4194 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76).
|
|
|
4195 * For EBCDIC you get different character values.
|
|
|
4196 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used.
|
|
|
4197 * Due to this technic the path looks awful if you print it as a
|
|
|
4198 * string.
|
|
|
4199 */
|
|
|
4200 len = 0;
|
|
|
4201 while (*wc_part != NUL)
|
|
|
4202 {
|
|
|
4203 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4204 {
|
|
|
4205 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4206 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4207
|
|
29
|
4208 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10);
|
|
|
4209 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255)
|
|
7
|
4210 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel;
|
|
29
|
4211 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0)
|
|
7
|
4212 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */
|
|
|
4213 len -= 2;
|
|
|
4214 else
|
|
|
4215 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND;
|
|
29
|
4216 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt;
|
|
461
|
4217 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part))
|
|
7
|
4218 {
|
|
|
4219 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4220 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4221 }
|
|
|
4222 }
|
|
|
4223 else
|
|
|
4224 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4225 }
|
|
|
4226 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL;
|
|
359
|
4227 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
7
|
4228
|
|
|
4229 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL)
|
|
|
4230 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4231 }
|
|
|
4232 else
|
|
|
4233 #endif
|
|
|
4234 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path);
|
|
|
4235
|
|
|
4236 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
4237 {
|
|
|
4238 /* store the fix part as startdir.
|
|
|
4239 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified.
|
|
|
4240 */
|
|
|
4241 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4242 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4243 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4244 }
|
|
|
4245
|
|
|
4246 /* create an absolute path */
|
|
|
4247 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4248 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4249 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4250 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4251
|
|
|
4252 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
4253 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4254 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path,
|
|
|
4255 #endif
|
|
|
4256 level, 0);
|
|
|
4257
|
|
|
4258 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4259 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4260
|
|
|
4261 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4262
|
|
|
4263 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4264 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL)
|
|
|
4265 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4266
|
|
|
4267 return ff_search_ctx;
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 error_return:
|
|
|
4270 /*
|
|
|
4271 * We clear the search context now!
|
|
|
4272 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here,
|
|
|
4273 * as we might have already destroyed it.
|
|
|
4274 */
|
|
|
4275 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
4276 return NULL;
|
|
|
4277 }
|
|
|
4278
|
|
|
4279 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4280 /*
|
|
|
4281 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped.
|
|
|
4282 */
|
|
|
4283 char_u *
|
|
|
4284 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf)
|
|
|
4285 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4286 {
|
|
|
4287 char_u *r_ptr = buf;
|
|
|
4288
|
|
|
4289 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';')
|
|
|
4290 {
|
|
|
4291 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';')
|
|
|
4292 {
|
|
|
4293 /* overwrite the escape char,
|
|
|
4294 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'
|
|
|
4295 */
|
|
|
4296 mch_memmove(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1, STRLEN(r_ptr));
|
|
|
4297 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4298 }
|
|
|
4299 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4300 }
|
|
|
4301 if (*r_ptr == ';')
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
|
4303 *r_ptr = 0;
|
|
|
4304 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4305 }
|
|
|
4306 else if (*r_ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
4307 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4308 return r_ptr;
|
|
|
4309 }
|
|
|
4310 #endif
|
|
|
4311
|
|
|
4312 /* Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer */
|
|
|
4313 void
|
|
|
4314 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx)
|
|
|
4315 void *ctx;
|
|
|
4316 {
|
|
359
|
4317 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4318 return;
|
|
|
4319
|
|
|
4320 ff_search_ctx = ctx;
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx);
|
|
|
4323 ff_clear();
|
|
|
4324 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
4325 ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
4326 }
|
|
|
4327
|
|
|
4328 /*
|
|
|
4329 * Find a file in a search context.
|
|
|
4330 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above.
|
|
|
4331 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found.
|
|
|
4332 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL.
|
|
|
4333 *
|
|
20
|
4334 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned.
|
|
7
|
4335 *
|
|
|
4336 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the
|
|
|
4337 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the
|
|
|
4338 * top of the list).
|
|
|
4339 */
|
|
|
4340 char_u *
|
|
|
4341 vim_findfile(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4342 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4343 {
|
|
|
4344 char_u *file_path;
|
|
|
4345 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4346 char_u *rest_of_wildcards;
|
|
|
4347 char_u *path_end = NULL;
|
|
|
4348 #endif
|
|
|
4349 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4350 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA)
|
|
|
4351 int len;
|
|
|
4352 #endif
|
|
|
4353 int i;
|
|
|
4354 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4355 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4356 char_u *suf;
|
|
|
4357 #endif
|
|
|
4358
|
|
|
4359 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4360 return NULL;
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4363
|
|
|
4364 /*
|
|
|
4365 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to
|
|
|
4366 * return a found filename.
|
|
|
4367 */
|
|
|
4368 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
|
|
|
4369 return NULL;
|
|
|
4370
|
|
|
4371 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4372 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */
|
|
|
4373 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL)
|
|
|
4374 path_end = &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[STRLEN(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)];
|
|
|
4375 #endif
|
|
|
4376
|
|
|
4377 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4378 /* upward search loop */
|
|
|
4379 for (;;)
|
|
|
4380 {
|
|
|
4381 #endif
|
|
|
4382 /* downward search loop */
|
|
|
4383 for (;;)
|
|
|
4384 {
|
|
|
4385 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/
|
|
|
4386 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4387 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4388 break;
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 /* get directory to work on from stack */
|
|
|
4391 ctx = ff_pop();
|
|
|
4392 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4393 break;
|
|
|
4394
|
|
|
4395 /*
|
|
|
4396 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in
|
|
|
4397 *
|
|
|
4398 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice.
|
|
|
4399 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered.
|
|
|
4400 * - check for double files also done below
|
|
|
4401 *
|
|
|
4402 * Here we check if we already searched this directory.
|
|
|
4403 * We already searched a directory if:
|
|
|
4404 * 1) The directory is the same.
|
|
|
4405 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string.
|
|
|
4406 *
|
|
|
4407 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways
|
|
|
4408 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3:
|
|
|
4409 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop)
|
|
|
4410 *
|
|
|
4411 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the
|
|
|
4412 * first time (hence ctx->ff_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4413 */
|
|
|
4414 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL
|
|
|
4415 && ff_check_visited(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list
|
|
|
4416 ->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4417 ctx->ffs_fix_path
|
|
|
4418 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4419 , ctx->ffs_wc_path
|
|
|
4420 #endif
|
|
|
4421 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4422 {
|
|
|
4423 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4424 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4425 {
|
|
293
|
4426 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4427 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4428 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
4429 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4430 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4431 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4432 }
|
|
|
4433 #endif
|
|
|
4434 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4435 continue;
|
|
|
4436 }
|
|
|
4437 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4438 else if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4439 {
|
|
293
|
4440 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4441 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4442 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
7
|
4443 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4444 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4445 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4446 }
|
|
|
4447 #endif
|
|
|
4448
|
|
|
4449 /* check depth */
|
|
|
4450 if (ctx->ffs_level <= 0)
|
|
|
4451 {
|
|
|
4452 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4453 continue;
|
|
|
4454 }
|
|
|
4455
|
|
|
4456 file_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4457
|
|
|
4458 /*
|
|
|
4459 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards
|
|
|
4460 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths
|
|
|
4461 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this
|
|
|
4462 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string.
|
|
|
4463 */
|
|
|
4464 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4465 {
|
|
|
4466 char_u *dirptrs[2];
|
|
|
4467
|
|
|
4468 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should
|
|
|
4469 * expand.
|
|
|
4470 */
|
|
|
4471 dirptrs[0] = file_path;
|
|
|
4472 dirptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */
|
|
|
4475 if (!vim_isAbsName(ctx->ffs_fix_path)
|
|
|
4476 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4477 {
|
|
|
4478 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4479 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4480 }
|
|
|
4481
|
|
|
4482 /* append the fix part of the search path */
|
|
|
4483 STRCAT(file_path, ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
4484 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4485
|
|
|
4486 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4487 rest_of_wildcards = ctx->ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
4488 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL)
|
|
|
4489 {
|
|
|
4490 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4491 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4492 {
|
|
|
4493 /* pointer to the restrict byte
|
|
|
4494 * The restrict byte is not a character!
|
|
|
4495 */
|
|
|
4496 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2;
|
|
|
4497
|
|
|
4498 if (*p > 0)
|
|
|
4499 {
|
|
|
4500 (*p)--;
|
|
|
4501 file_path[len++] = '*';
|
|
|
4502 }
|
|
|
4503
|
|
|
4504 if (*p == 0)
|
|
|
4505 {
|
|
|
4506 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */
|
|
|
4507 mch_memmove(rest_of_wildcards,
|
|
|
4508 rest_of_wildcards + 3,
|
|
|
4509 STRLEN(rest_of_wildcards + 3) + 1);
|
|
|
4510 }
|
|
|
4511 else
|
|
|
4512 rest_of_wildcards += 3;
|
|
|
4513
|
|
|
4514 if (ctx->ffs_star_star_empty == 0)
|
|
|
4515 {
|
|
|
4516 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */
|
|
|
4517 ctx->ffs_star_star_empty = 1;
|
|
|
4518 dirptrs[1] = ctx->ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
4519 }
|
|
|
4520 }
|
|
|
4521
|
|
|
4522 /*
|
|
|
4523 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of
|
|
|
4524 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is
|
|
1209
|
4525 * still something else left. This is handled below by
|
|
7
|
4526 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards()
|
|
|
4527 * on the stack again for further search.
|
|
|
4528 */
|
|
|
4529 while (*rest_of_wildcards
|
|
|
4530 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4531 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4532
|
|
|
4533 file_path[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
4534 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4535 rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4536 }
|
|
|
4537 #endif
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 /*
|
|
|
4540 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR".
|
|
|
4541 * If the path is a URL don't try this.
|
|
|
4542 */
|
|
|
4543 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0]))
|
|
|
4544 {
|
|
|
4545 ctx->ffs_filearray = (char_u **)
|
|
|
4546 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *));
|
|
|
4547 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL
|
|
|
4548 && (ctx->ffs_filearray[0]
|
|
|
4549 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL)
|
|
|
4550 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 1;
|
|
|
4551 else
|
|
|
4552 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
4553 }
|
|
|
4554 else
|
|
|
4555 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs,
|
|
|
4556 &ctx->ffs_filearray_size,
|
|
|
4557 &ctx->ffs_filearray,
|
|
|
4558 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT);
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4561 ctx->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
4562 }
|
|
|
4563 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4564 else
|
|
|
4565 rest_of_wildcards = &ctx->ffs_wc_path[STRLEN(ctx->ffs_wc_path)];
|
|
|
4566 #endif
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 if (ctx->ffs_stage == 0)
|
|
|
4569 {
|
|
|
4570 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */
|
|
|
4571 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4572 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL)
|
|
|
4573 #endif
|
|
|
4574 {
|
|
|
4575 /*
|
|
|
4576 * we don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to
|
|
|
4577 * check for the final file now
|
|
|
4578 */
|
|
|
4579 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4580 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
|
4581 {
|
|
|
4582 if (!path_with_url(ctx->ffs_filearray[i])
|
|
|
4583 && !mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4584 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4585
|
|
|
4586 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existance
|
|
|
4587 * below */
|
|
|
4588 STRCPY(file_path, ctx->ffs_filearray[i]);
|
|
|
4589 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4590 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
4591
|
|
|
4592 /*
|
|
|
4593 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes
|
|
|
4594 * from 'suffixesadd'.
|
|
|
4595 */
|
|
|
4596 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4597 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4598 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua;
|
|
|
4599 for (;;)
|
|
|
4600 #endif
|
|
|
4601 {
|
|
|
4602 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */
|
|
|
4603 if ((path_with_url(file_path)
|
|
|
4604 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0
|
|
|
4605 && (!ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir
|
|
|
4606 || mch_isdir(file_path))))
|
|
|
4607 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4608 && (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4609 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4610 file_path
|
|
|
4611 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4612 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4613 #endif
|
|
|
4614 ) == OK)
|
|
|
4615 #endif
|
|
|
4616 )
|
|
|
4617 {
|
|
|
4618 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4619 if (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4620 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4621 file_path
|
|
|
4622 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4623 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4624 #endif
|
|
|
4625 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4626 {
|
|
|
4627 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4628 {
|
|
293
|
4629 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4630 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s",
|
|
7
|
4631 file_path);
|
|
|
4632 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4633 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4634 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4635 }
|
|
|
4636 continue;
|
|
|
4637 }
|
|
|
4638 #endif
|
|
|
4639
|
|
|
4640 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */
|
|
|
4641 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1;
|
|
|
4642 ff_push(ctx);
|
|
|
4643
|
|
|
4644 simplify_filename(file_path);
|
|
|
4645 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
4646 == OK)
|
|
|
4647 {
|
|
|
4648 p = shorten_fname(file_path,
|
|
|
4649 ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4650 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4651 mch_memmove(file_path, p,
|
|
|
4652 STRLEN(p) + 1);
|
|
|
4653 }
|
|
|
4654 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4655 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4656 {
|
|
293
|
4657 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4658 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path);
|
|
7
|
4659 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4660 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4661 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4662 }
|
|
|
4663 #endif
|
|
|
4664 return file_path;
|
|
|
4665 }
|
|
|
4666
|
|
|
4667 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4668 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */
|
|
|
4669 if (*suf == NUL)
|
|
|
4670 break;
|
|
|
4671 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len,
|
|
|
4672 MAXPATHL - len, ",");
|
|
|
4673 #endif
|
|
|
4674 }
|
|
|
4675 }
|
|
|
4676 }
|
|
|
4677 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4678 else
|
|
|
4679 {
|
|
|
4680 /*
|
|
|
4681 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further
|
|
|
4682 * search
|
|
|
4683 */
|
|
359
|
4684 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4685 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
7
|
4686 {
|
|
|
4687 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4688 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4689
|
|
|
4690 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4691 rest_of_wildcards, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 0));
|
|
|
4692 }
|
|
|
4693 }
|
|
|
4694 #endif
|
|
|
4695 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4696 ctx->ffs_stage = 1;
|
|
|
4697 }
|
|
|
4698
|
|
|
4699 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4700 /*
|
|
|
4701 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the
|
|
|
4702 * leaves of the directory tree.
|
|
|
4703 */
|
|
|
4704 if (STRNCMP(ctx->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4705 {
|
|
359
|
4706 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4707 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
7
|
4708 {
|
|
|
4709 if (fnamecmp(ctx->ffs_filearray[i], ctx->ffs_fix_path) == 0)
|
|
|
4710 continue; /* don't repush same directory */
|
|
|
4711 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4712 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4713 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4714 ctx->ffs_wc_path, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 1));
|
|
|
4715 }
|
|
|
4716 }
|
|
|
4717 #endif
|
|
|
4718
|
|
|
4719 /* we are done with the current directory */
|
|
|
4720 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4721
|
|
|
4722 }
|
|
|
4723
|
|
|
4724 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4725 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards.
|
|
|
4726 * Let's check if we should do an upward search.
|
|
|
4727 */
|
|
|
4728 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
|
4729 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int)
|
|
|
4730 {
|
|
|
4731 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4732
|
|
|
4733 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */
|
|
|
4734 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir,
|
|
|
4735 (int)(path_end - ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir),
|
|
|
4736 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4737 break;
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 /* cut of last dir */
|
|
|
4740 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
461
|
4741 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end))
|
|
7
|
4742 path_end--;
|
|
|
4743 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
461
|
4744 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1]))
|
|
7
|
4745 path_end--;
|
|
|
4746 *path_end = 0;
|
|
|
4747 path_end--;
|
|
|
4748
|
|
|
4749 if (*ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0)
|
|
|
4750 break;
|
|
|
4751
|
|
|
4752 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4753 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4754 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4755
|
|
|
4756 /* create a new stack entry */
|
|
|
4757 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path,
|
|
|
4758 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0);
|
|
|
4759 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4760 break;
|
|
|
4761 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4762 }
|
|
|
4763 else
|
|
|
4764 break;
|
|
|
4765 }
|
|
|
4766 #endif
|
|
|
4767
|
|
|
4768 vim_free(file_path);
|
|
|
4769 return NULL;
|
|
|
4770 }
|
|
|
4771
|
|
|
4772 /*
|
|
|
4773 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories
|
|
|
4774 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL;
|
|
|
4775 */
|
|
|
4776 void
|
|
|
4777 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4778 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4779 {
|
|
|
4780 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4781 return;
|
|
|
4782
|
|
|
4783 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4784
|
|
|
4785 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4786 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4787 }
|
|
|
4788
|
|
|
4789 static void
|
|
|
4790 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp)
|
|
|
4791 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4792 {
|
|
|
4793 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp;
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 while (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4796 {
|
|
|
4797 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4798 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list);
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename);
|
|
|
4801 vim_free(*list_headp);
|
|
|
4802 *list_headp = vp;
|
|
|
4803 }
|
|
|
4804 *list_headp = NULL;
|
|
|
4805 }
|
|
|
4806
|
|
|
4807 static void
|
|
|
4808 ff_free_visited_list(vl)
|
|
|
4809 ff_visited_T *vl;
|
|
|
4810 {
|
|
|
4811 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 while (vl != NULL)
|
|
|
4814 {
|
|
|
4815 vp = vl->ffv_next;
|
|
|
4816 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4817 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path);
|
|
|
4818 #endif
|
|
|
4819 vim_free(vl);
|
|
|
4820 vl = vp;
|
|
|
4821 }
|
|
|
4822 vl = NULL;
|
|
|
4823 }
|
|
|
4824
|
|
|
4825 /*
|
|
|
4826 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it
|
|
|
4827 * allocates a new one.
|
|
|
4828 */
|
|
|
4829 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T*
|
|
|
4830 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp)
|
|
|
4831 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
4832 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4833 {
|
|
|
4834 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4835
|
|
|
4836 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */
|
|
|
4837 if (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4838 {
|
|
|
4839 retptr = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4840 while (retptr != NULL)
|
|
|
4841 {
|
|
|
4842 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0)
|
|
|
4843 {
|
|
|
4844 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4845 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4846 {
|
|
293
|
4847 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4848 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s",
|
|
7
|
4849 filename);
|
|
|
4850 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4851 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4852 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4853 }
|
|
|
4854 #endif
|
|
|
4855 return retptr;
|
|
|
4856 }
|
|
|
4857 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4858 }
|
|
|
4859 }
|
|
|
4860
|
|
|
4861 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4862 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4863 {
|
|
293
|
4864 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4865 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename);
|
|
7
|
4866 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4867 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4868 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4869 }
|
|
|
4870 #endif
|
|
|
4871
|
|
|
4872 /*
|
|
|
4873 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list
|
|
|
4874 */
|
|
|
4875 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr));
|
|
|
4876 if (retptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4877 return NULL;
|
|
|
4878
|
|
|
4879 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4880 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4881 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL)
|
|
|
4882 {
|
|
|
4883 vim_free(retptr);
|
|
|
4884 return NULL;
|
|
|
4885 }
|
|
|
4886 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4887 *list_headp = retptr;
|
|
|
4888
|
|
|
4889 return retptr;
|
|
|
4890 }
|
|
|
4891
|
|
|
4892 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4893 /*
|
|
|
4894 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE.
|
|
|
4895 * They are equal if:
|
|
|
4896 * - both paths are NULL
|
|
|
4897 * - they have the same length
|
|
|
4898 * - char by char comparison is OK
|
|
|
4899 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so
|
|
|
4900 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24'
|
|
|
4901 */
|
|
|
4902 static int
|
|
|
4903 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2)
|
|
|
4904 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
4905 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
4906 {
|
|
|
4907 int i;
|
|
|
4908
|
|
|
4909 if (s1 == s2)
|
|
|
4910 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4911
|
|
|
4912 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4913 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4914
|
|
|
4915 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2))
|
|
|
4916 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4917
|
|
|
4918 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i++)
|
|
|
4919 {
|
|
|
4920 if (s1[i] != s2[i]
|
|
|
4921 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
4922 && TOUPPER_LOC(s1[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(s2[i])
|
|
|
4923 #endif
|
|
|
4924 )
|
|
|
4925 {
|
|
|
4926 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4927 if (s1[i-1] == '*' && s1[i-2] == '*')
|
|
|
4928 continue;
|
|
|
4929 else
|
|
|
4930 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4931 else
|
|
|
4932 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4933 }
|
|
|
4934 }
|
|
|
4935 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4936 }
|
|
|
4937 #endif
|
|
|
4938
|
|
|
4939 /*
|
|
|
4940 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs
|
|
|
4941 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list
|
|
|
4942 * returns OK if it is newly added
|
|
|
4943 *
|
|
|
4944 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems?
|
|
|
4945 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of
|
|
|
4946 * never.
|
|
|
4947 */
|
|
|
4948 static int
|
|
|
4949 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname
|
|
|
4950 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4951 , wc_path
|
|
|
4952 #endif
|
|
|
4953 )
|
|
|
4954 ff_visited_T **visited_list;
|
|
|
4955 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4956 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4957 char_u *wc_path;
|
|
|
4958 #endif
|
|
|
4959 {
|
|
|
4960 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4961 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4962 struct stat st;
|
|
|
4963 int url = FALSE;
|
|
|
4964 #endif
|
|
|
4965
|
|
|
4966 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the
|
|
|
4967 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */
|
|
|
4968 if (path_with_url(fname))
|
|
|
4969 {
|
|
418
|
4970 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
7
|
4971 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4972 url = TRUE;
|
|
|
4973 #endif
|
|
|
4974 }
|
|
|
4975 else
|
|
|
4976 {
|
|
|
4977 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4978 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4979 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0)
|
|
|
4980 #else
|
|
|
4981 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4982 #endif
|
|
|
4983 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4984 }
|
|
|
4985
|
|
|
4986 /* check against list of already visited files */
|
|
|
4987 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next)
|
|
|
4988 {
|
|
|
4989 if (
|
|
|
4990 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4991 !url
|
|
|
4992 ? (vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev
|
|
|
4993 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino)
|
|
|
4994 :
|
|
|
4995 #endif
|
|
|
4996 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0
|
|
|
4997 )
|
|
|
4998 {
|
|
|
4999 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5000 /* are the wildcard parts equal */
|
|
|
5001 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE)
|
|
|
5002 #endif
|
|
|
5003 /* already visited */
|
|
|
5004 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5005 }
|
|
|
5006 }
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 /*
|
|
|
5009 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs.
|
|
|
5010 */
|
|
|
5011 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T)
|
|
|
5012 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer)));
|
|
|
5013
|
|
|
5014 if (vp != NULL)
|
|
|
5015 {
|
|
|
5016 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
5017 if (!url)
|
|
|
5018 {
|
|
|
5019 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino;
|
|
|
5020 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev;
|
|
|
5021 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
5022 }
|
|
|
5023 else
|
|
|
5024 {
|
|
|
5025 vp->ffv_ino = 0;
|
|
|
5026 vp->ffv_dev = -1;
|
|
|
5027 #endif
|
|
|
5028 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
5029 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
5030 }
|
|
|
5031 #endif
|
|
|
5032 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5033 if (wc_path != NULL)
|
|
|
5034 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path);
|
|
|
5035 else
|
|
|
5036 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5037 #endif
|
|
|
5038
|
|
|
5039 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list;
|
|
|
5040 *visited_list = vp;
|
|
|
5041 }
|
|
|
5042
|
|
|
5043 return OK;
|
|
|
5044 }
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 /*
|
|
|
5047 * create stack element from given path pieces
|
|
|
5048 */
|
|
|
5049 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
5050 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part,
|
|
|
5051 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5052 wc_part,
|
|
|
5053 #endif
|
|
|
5054 level, star_star_empty)
|
|
|
5055 char_u *fix_part;
|
|
|
5056 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5057 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
5058 #endif
|
|
|
5059 int level;
|
|
|
5060 int star_star_empty;
|
|
|
5061 {
|
|
|
5062 ff_stack_T *new;
|
|
|
5063
|
|
|
5064 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T));
|
|
|
5065 if (new == NULL)
|
|
|
5066 return NULL;
|
|
|
5067
|
|
|
5068 new->ffs_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
5069 new->ffs_filearray = NULL;
|
|
|
5070 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
5071 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
5072 new->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
5073 new->ffs_level = level;
|
|
|
5074 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;;
|
|
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */
|
|
|
5077 if (fix_part == NULL)
|
|
|
5078 fix_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5079 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part);
|
|
|
5080
|
|
|
5081 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5082 if (wc_part == NULL)
|
|
|
5083 wc_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5084 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part);
|
|
|
5085 #endif
|
|
|
5086
|
|
|
5087 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL
|
|
|
5088 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5089 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL
|
|
|
5090 #endif
|
|
|
5091 )
|
|
|
5092 {
|
|
|
5093 ff_free_stack_element(new);
|
|
|
5094 new = NULL;
|
|
|
5095 }
|
|
|
5096
|
|
|
5097 return new;
|
|
|
5098 }
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100 /*
|
|
|
5101 * push a dir on the directory stack
|
|
|
5102 */
|
|
|
5103 static void
|
|
|
5104 ff_push(ctx)
|
|
|
5105 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
5106 {
|
|
|
5107 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but
|
|
359
|
5108 * to prevent a crash */
|
|
7
|
5109 if (ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
5110 {
|
|
|
5111 ctx->ffs_prev = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
5112 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ctx;
|
|
|
5113 }
|
|
|
5114 }
|
|
|
5115
|
|
|
5116 /*
|
|
|
5117 * pop a dir from the directory stack
|
|
|
5118 * returns NULL if stack is empty
|
|
|
5119 */
|
|
|
5120 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
5121 ff_pop()
|
|
|
5122 {
|
|
|
5123 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 sptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
5126 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5127 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev;
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 return sptr;
|
|
|
5130 }
|
|
|
5131
|
|
|
5132 /*
|
|
|
5133 * free the given stack element
|
|
|
5134 */
|
|
|
5135 static void
|
|
|
5136 ff_free_stack_element(ctx)
|
|
|
5137 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
5138 {
|
|
|
5139 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */
|
|
|
5140 vim_free(ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
5141 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5142 vim_free(ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
5143 #endif
|
|
|
5144
|
|
|
5145 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL)
|
|
|
5146 FreeWild(ctx->ffs_filearray_size, ctx->ffs_filearray);
|
|
|
5147
|
|
|
5148 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
5149 }
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 /*
|
|
|
5152 * clear the search context
|
|
|
5153 */
|
|
|
5154 static void
|
|
|
5155 ff_clear()
|
|
|
5156 {
|
|
|
5157 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
5158
|
|
|
5159 /* clear up stack */
|
|
|
5160 while ((sptr = ff_pop()) != NULL)
|
|
|
5161 ff_free_stack_element(sptr);
|
|
|
5162
|
|
|
5163 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
5164 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
5165 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
5166 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5167 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path);
|
|
|
5168 #endif
|
|
|
5169
|
|
|
5170 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5171 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
5172 {
|
|
|
5173 int i = 0;
|
|
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 while (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL)
|
|
|
5176 {
|
|
|
5177 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]);
|
|
|
5178 i++;
|
|
|
5179 }
|
|
|
5180 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v);
|
|
|
5181 }
|
|
|
5182 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL;
|
|
|
5183 #endif
|
|
|
5184
|
|
|
5185 /* reset everything */
|
|
|
5186 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL;
|
|
|
5187 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL;
|
|
|
5188 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5189 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5190 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5191 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0;
|
|
|
5192 #endif
|
|
|
5193 }
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5196 /*
|
|
|
5197 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs
|
|
|
5198 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE
|
|
|
5199 */
|
|
|
5200 static int
|
|
|
5201 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v)
|
|
|
5202 char_u *path;
|
|
|
5203 int path_len;
|
|
|
5204 char_u **stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
5205 {
|
|
|
5206 int i = 0;
|
|
|
5207
|
|
|
5208 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */
|
|
461
|
5209 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1]))
|
|
7
|
5210 path_len--;
|
|
|
5211
|
|
|
5212 /* if no path consider it as match */
|
|
|
5213 if (path_len == 0)
|
|
|
5214 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5215
|
|
|
5216 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
5217 {
|
|
|
5218 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len)
|
|
|
5219 {
|
|
|
5220 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches
|
|
|
5221 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else
|
|
|
5222 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks'
|
|
|
5223 */
|
|
|
5224 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0
|
|
461
|
5225 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len]))
|
|
7
|
5226 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5227 }
|
|
|
5228 else
|
|
|
5229 {
|
|
|
5230 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0)
|
|
|
5231 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5232 }
|
|
|
5233 }
|
|
|
5234 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5235 }
|
|
|
5236 #endif
|
|
|
5237
|
|
|
5238 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5239 /*
|
|
|
5240 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
5241 *
|
|
|
5242 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize
|
|
|
5243 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE.
|
|
|
5244 *
|
|
|
5245 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path.
|
|
|
5246 *
|
|
|
5247 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they
|
|
|
5248 * don't need valid values.
|
|
|
5249 *
|
|
|
5250 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the
|
|
|
5251 * message:
|
|
|
5252 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path'
|
|
|
5253 * On repeating calls:
|
|
|
5254 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path'
|
|
|
5255 *
|
|
|
5256 * options:
|
|
|
5257 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
5258 *
|
|
|
5259 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
5260 *
|
|
|
5261 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
5262 *
|
|
|
5263 */
|
|
|
5264 char_u *
|
|
|
5265 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5266 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5267 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5268 int options;
|
|
|
5269 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
5270 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
5271 {
|
|
|
5272 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first,
|
|
|
5273 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path,
|
|
794
|
5274 FALSE, rel_fname, curbuf->b_p_sua);
|
|
7
|
5275 }
|
|
|
5276
|
|
359
|
5277 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL;
|
|
|
5278 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
5279
|
|
|
5280 #if defined(EXITFREE)
|
|
|
5281 static void
|
|
|
5282 free_findfile()
|
|
|
5283 {
|
|
|
5284 vim_free(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
|
5285 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
|
5286 }
|
|
|
5287 #endif
|
|
|
5288
|
|
7
|
5289 /*
|
|
|
5290 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
5291 *
|
|
|
5292 * options:
|
|
|
5293 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
5294 *
|
|
|
5295 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
5296 *
|
|
|
5297 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
5298 */
|
|
|
5299 char_u *
|
|
|
5300 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5301 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5302 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5303 int options;
|
|
|
5304 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
5305 {
|
|
|
5306 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath,
|
|
794
|
5307 TRUE, rel_fname, (char_u *)"");
|
|
7
|
5308 }
|
|
|
5309
|
|
19
|
5310 char_u *
|
|
794
|
5311 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, need_dir, rel_fname, suffixes)
|
|
7
|
5312 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5313 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5314 int options;
|
|
|
5315 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
5316 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */
|
|
|
5317 int need_dir; /* looking for directory name */
|
|
|
5318 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */
|
|
794
|
5319 char_u *suffixes; /* list of suffixes, 'suffixesadd' option */
|
|
7
|
5320 {
|
|
|
5321 static char_u *dir;
|
|
|
5322 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5323 char_u save_char;
|
|
|
5324 char_u *file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5325 char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
|
5326 int rel_to_curdir;
|
|
|
5327 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5328 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L);
|
|
|
5329 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr;
|
|
|
5330
|
|
|
5331 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
5332 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L;
|
|
|
5333 #endif
|
|
|
5334
|
|
|
5335 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5336 {
|
|
|
5337 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */
|
|
|
5338 save_char = ptr[len];
|
|
|
5339 ptr[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
5340 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
5341 ptr[len] = save_char;
|
|
|
5342
|
|
359
|
5343 vim_free(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
|
5344 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5345 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
5346 {
|
|
|
5347 file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5348 goto theend;
|
|
|
5349 }
|
|
|
5350 }
|
|
|
5351
|
|
359
|
5352 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.'
|
|
|
5353 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL
|
|
|
5354 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1])
|
|
|
5355 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.'
|
|
|
5356 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL
|
|
|
5357 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2])))));
|
|
|
5358 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find)
|
|
7
|
5359 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */
|
|
|
5360 || rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5361 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
5362 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
359
|
5363 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0])
|
|
7
|
5364 /* handle "c:name" as absulute path */
|
|
359
|
5365 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':')
|
|
7
|
5366 #endif
|
|
|
5367 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5368 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
359
|
5369 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':'
|
|
7
|
5370 #endif
|
|
|
5371 )
|
|
|
5372 {
|
|
|
5373 /*
|
|
|
5374 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option".
|
|
|
5375 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a
|
|
|
5376 * filename on the first call.
|
|
|
5377 */
|
|
|
5378 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5379 {
|
|
|
5380 int l;
|
|
|
5381 int run;
|
|
|
5382
|
|
359
|
5383 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find))
|
|
7
|
5384 {
|
|
359
|
5385 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5386 goto theend;
|
|
|
5387 }
|
|
|
5388
|
|
|
5389 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file.
|
|
|
5390 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */
|
|
|
5391 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run)
|
|
|
5392 {
|
|
359
|
5393 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5394 if (run == 1
|
|
|
5395 && rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5396 && (options & FNAME_REL)
|
|
|
5397 && rel_fname != NULL
|
|
|
5398 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
5399 {
|
|
|
5400 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname);
|
|
359
|
5401 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5402 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5403 }
|
|
|
5404 else
|
|
|
5405 {
|
|
359
|
5406 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5407 run = 2;
|
|
|
5408 }
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of
|
|
|
5411 * 'suffixesadd'. */
|
|
794
|
5412 buf = suffixes;
|
|
7
|
5413 for (;;)
|
|
|
5414 {
|
|
|
5415 if (
|
|
|
5416 #ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
5417 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(),
|
|
|
5418 * assume it's always valid. */
|
|
|
5419 (need_dir && NameBuff[0] != NUL
|
|
|
5420 && NameBuff[1] == ':'
|
|
|
5421 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) ||
|
|
|
5422 #endif
|
|
|
5423 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0
|
|
|
5424 && (!need_dir || mch_isdir(NameBuff))))
|
|
|
5425 {
|
|
|
5426 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5427 goto theend;
|
|
|
5428 }
|
|
|
5429 if (*buf == NUL)
|
|
|
5430 break;
|
|
|
5431 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ",");
|
|
|
5432 }
|
|
|
5433 }
|
|
|
5434 }
|
|
|
5435 }
|
|
|
5436 else
|
|
|
5437 {
|
|
|
5438 /*
|
|
|
5439 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option.
|
|
|
5440 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option.
|
|
|
5441 * Otherwise continue to find the next match.
|
|
|
5442 */
|
|
|
5443 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5444 {
|
|
|
5445 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */
|
|
359
|
5446 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
7
|
5447 dir = path_option;
|
|
|
5448 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5449 }
|
|
|
5450
|
|
|
5451 for (;;)
|
|
|
5452 {
|
|
|
5453 if (did_findfile_init)
|
|
|
5454 {
|
|
|
5455 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = need_dir;
|
|
359
|
5456 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
7
|
5457 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = FALSE;
|
|
|
5458 if (file_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5459 break;
|
|
|
5460
|
|
|
5461 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463 else
|
|
|
5464 {
|
|
|
5465 char_u *r_ptr;
|
|
|
5466
|
|
|
5467 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL)
|
|
|
5468 {
|
|
|
5469 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can
|
|
|
5470 * free the search context. */
|
|
359
|
5471 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
|
5472 fdip_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5473 break;
|
|
|
5474 }
|
|
|
5475
|
|
|
5476 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5477 break;
|
|
|
5478
|
|
|
5479 /* copy next path */
|
|
|
5480 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5481 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
|
|
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5484 /* get the stopdir string */
|
|
|
5485 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf);
|
|
|
5486 #else
|
|
|
5487 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
5488 #endif
|
|
359
|
5489 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find,
|
|
|
5490 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, TRUE,
|
|
|
5491 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5492 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
7
|
5493 did_findfile_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5494 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5495 }
|
|
|
5496 }
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS))
|
|
|
5499 {
|
|
|
5500 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5501 {
|
|
|
5502 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5503 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"),
|
|
359
|
5504 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5505 else
|
|
|
5506 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"),
|
|
359
|
5507 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5508 }
|
|
|
5509 else
|
|
|
5510 {
|
|
|
5511 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5512 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"),
|
|
359
|
5513 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5514 else
|
|
|
5515 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"),
|
|
359
|
5516 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5517 }
|
|
|
5518 }
|
|
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 theend:
|
|
|
5521 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5522 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr;
|
|
|
5523 #endif
|
|
|
5524 return file_name;
|
|
|
5525 }
|
|
|
5526
|
|
|
5527 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */
|
|
|
5528
|
|
|
5529 /*
|
|
|
5530 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search
|
|
|
5531 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir().
|
|
|
5532 */
|
|
|
5533 int
|
|
|
5534 vim_chdir(new_dir)
|
|
|
5535 char_u *new_dir;
|
|
|
5536 {
|
|
|
5537 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
5538 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir);
|
|
|
5539 #else
|
|
|
5540 char_u *dir_name;
|
|
|
5541 int r;
|
|
|
5542
|
|
|
5543 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir),
|
|
|
5544 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname);
|
|
|
5545 if (dir_name == NULL)
|
|
|
5546 return -1;
|
|
|
5547 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name);
|
|
|
5548 vim_free(dir_name);
|
|
|
5549 return r;
|
|
|
5550 #endif
|
|
|
5551 }
|
|
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 /*
|
|
418
|
5554 * Get user name from machine-specific function.
|
|
7
|
5555 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]".
|
|
418
|
5556 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus
|
|
|
5557 * cache the result.
|
|
7
|
5558 * Returns OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
5559 */
|
|
|
5560 int
|
|
|
5561 get_user_name(buf, len)
|
|
|
5562 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5563 int len;
|
|
|
5564 {
|
|
359
|
5565 if (username == NULL)
|
|
7
|
5566 {
|
|
|
5567 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5568 return FAIL;
|
|
359
|
5569 username = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
7
|
5570 }
|
|
|
5571 else
|
|
418
|
5572 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1);
|
|
7
|
5573 return OK;
|
|
|
5574 }
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT
|
|
|
5577 /*
|
|
|
5578 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it.
|
|
|
5579 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book.
|
|
|
5580 */
|
|
|
5581 void
|
|
|
5582 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp)
|
|
|
5583 void *base;
|
|
|
5584 size_t elm_count;
|
|
|
5585 size_t elm_size;
|
|
|
5586 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
|
|
|
5587 {
|
|
|
5588 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5589 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
5590 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
5591 int i, j;
|
|
|
5592 int gap;
|
|
|
5593
|
|
|
5594 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size);
|
|
|
5595 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
5596 return;
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2)
|
|
|
5599 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i)
|
|
|
5600 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap)
|
|
|
5601 {
|
|
|
5602 /* Compare the elements. */
|
|
|
5603 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size;
|
|
|
5604 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size;
|
|
|
5605 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0)
|
|
|
5606 break;
|
|
|
5607 /* Exchange the elemets. */
|
|
|
5608 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size);
|
|
|
5609 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size);
|
|
|
5610 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size);
|
|
|
5611 }
|
|
|
5612
|
|
|
5613 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5614 }
|
|
|
5615 #endif
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 /*
|
|
|
5618 * Sort an array of strings.
|
|
|
5619 */
|
|
|
5620 static int
|
|
|
5621 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5622 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5623 #endif
|
|
|
5624 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2));
|
|
|
5625
|
|
|
5626 static int
|
|
|
5627 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5628 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5629 #endif
|
|
|
5630 sort_compare(s1, s2)
|
|
|
5631 const void *s1;
|
|
|
5632 const void *s2;
|
|
|
5633 {
|
|
|
5634 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2);
|
|
|
5635 }
|
|
|
5636
|
|
|
5637 void
|
|
|
5638 sort_strings(files, count)
|
|
|
5639 char_u **files;
|
|
|
5640 int count;
|
|
|
5641 {
|
|
|
5642 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare);
|
|
|
5643 }
|
|
|
5644
|
|
|
5645 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5646 /*
|
|
|
5647 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]".
|
|
39
|
5648 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]"
|
|
7
|
5649 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators.
|
|
|
5650 */
|
|
|
5651 int
|
|
39
|
5652 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen)
|
|
7
|
5653 const char *p, *q;
|
|
39
|
5654 int maxlen;
|
|
7
|
5655 {
|
|
|
5656 int i;
|
|
41
|
5657 const char *s = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5658
|
|
39
|
5659 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; ++i)
|
|
7
|
5660 {
|
|
|
5661 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5662 if (p[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5663 {
|
|
|
5664 if (q[i] == NUL) /* full match */
|
|
|
5665 return 0;
|
|
|
5666 s = q;
|
|
|
5667 break;
|
|
|
5668 }
|
|
|
5669
|
|
|
5670 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5671 if (q[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5672 {
|
|
|
5673 s = p;
|
|
|
5674 break;
|
|
|
5675 }
|
|
|
5676
|
|
|
5677 if (
|
|
|
5678 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
5679 TOUPPER_LOC(p[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(q[i])
|
|
|
5680 #else
|
|
|
5681 p[i] != q[i]
|
|
|
5682 #endif
|
|
|
5683 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
5684 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */
|
|
|
5685 && !((p[i] == '/' && q[i] == '\\')
|
|
|
5686 || (p[i] == '\\' && q[i] == '/'))
|
|
|
5687 #endif
|
|
|
5688 )
|
|
|
5689 {
|
|
|
5690 if (vim_ispathsep(p[i]))
|
|
|
5691 return -1;
|
|
|
5692 if (vim_ispathsep(q[i]))
|
|
|
5693 return 1;
|
|
|
5694 return ((char_u *)p)[i] - ((char_u *)q)[i]; /* no match */
|
|
|
5695 }
|
|
|
5696 }
|
|
41
|
5697 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */
|
|
|
5698 return 0;
|
|
7
|
5699
|
|
|
5700 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */
|
|
41
|
5701 if (s[i + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
5702 && i > 0
|
|
|
5703 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i)
|
|
7
|
5704 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
41
|
5705 && (s[i] == '/' || s[i] == '\\')
|
|
7
|
5706 #else
|
|
41
|
5707 && s[i] == '/'
|
|
7
|
5708 #endif
|
|
41
|
5709 )
|
|
7
|
5710 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */
|
|
|
5711 if (s == q)
|
|
|
5712 return -1; /* no match */
|
|
|
5713 return 1;
|
|
|
5714 }
|
|
|
5715 #endif
|
|
|
5716
|
|
|
5717 /*
|
|
|
5718 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program.
|
|
|
5719 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert.
|
|
|
5720 * See pty.c for the copyright notice.
|
|
|
5721 */
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 /*
|
|
|
5724 * putenv -- put value into environment
|
|
|
5725 *
|
|
|
5726 * Usage: i = putenv (string)
|
|
|
5727 * int i;
|
|
|
5728 * char *string;
|
|
|
5729 *
|
|
|
5730 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>.
|
|
|
5731 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc).
|
|
|
5732 *
|
|
|
5733 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to
|
|
|
5734 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular
|
|
|
5735 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire
|
|
|
5736 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack
|
|
|
5737 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first
|
|
|
5738 * time you call it.
|
|
|
5739 *
|
|
|
5740 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.)
|
|
|
5741 */
|
|
|
5742
|
|
|
5743 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV)
|
|
|
5744
|
|
|
5745 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */
|
|
|
5746
|
|
|
5747 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */
|
|
|
5748 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
5749 extern
|
|
|
5750 #endif
|
|
|
5751 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */
|
|
|
5752
|
|
|
5753 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */
|
|
|
5754 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */
|
|
|
5755 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 int
|
|
|
5758 putenv(string)
|
|
|
5759 const char *string;
|
|
|
5760 {
|
|
|
5761 int i;
|
|
|
5762 char *p;
|
|
|
5763
|
|
|
5764 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5765 { /* first time putenv called */
|
|
|
5766 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */
|
|
|
5767 return -1;
|
|
|
5768 }
|
|
|
5769
|
|
|
5770 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5773 { /* name must be added */
|
|
|
5774 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++);
|
|
|
5775 if (i >= (envsize - 1))
|
|
|
5776 { /* need new slot */
|
|
|
5777 if (moreenv() < 0)
|
|
|
5778 return -1;
|
|
|
5779 }
|
|
|
5780 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1));
|
|
|
5781 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */
|
|
|
5782 return -1;
|
|
|
5783 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */
|
|
|
5784 }
|
|
|
5785 else
|
|
|
5786 { /* name already in env. */
|
|
|
5787 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1);
|
|
|
5788 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5789 return -1;
|
|
|
5790 }
|
|
|
5791 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */
|
|
|
5792 environ[i] = p;
|
|
|
5793
|
|
|
5794 return 0;
|
|
|
5795 }
|
|
|
5796
|
|
|
5797 static int
|
|
|
5798 findenv(name)
|
|
|
5799 char *name;
|
|
|
5800 {
|
|
|
5801 char *namechar, *envchar;
|
|
|
5802 int i, found;
|
|
|
5803
|
|
|
5804 found = 0;
|
|
|
5805 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++)
|
|
|
5806 {
|
|
|
5807 envchar = environ[i];
|
|
|
5808 namechar = name;
|
|
|
5809 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar))
|
|
|
5810 {
|
|
|
5811 namechar++;
|
|
|
5812 envchar++;
|
|
|
5813 }
|
|
|
5814 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '=');
|
|
|
5815 }
|
|
|
5816 return found ? i - 1 : -1;
|
|
|
5817 }
|
|
|
5818
|
|
|
5819 static int
|
|
|
5820 newenv()
|
|
|
5821 {
|
|
|
5822 char **env, *elem;
|
|
|
5823 int i, esize;
|
|
|
5824
|
|
|
5825 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
5826 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */
|
|
|
5827 i = 0;
|
|
|
5828 #else
|
|
|
5829 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5830 ;
|
|
|
5831 #endif
|
|
|
5832 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1;
|
|
|
5833 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem)));
|
|
|
5834 if (env == NULL)
|
|
|
5835 return -1;
|
|
|
5836
|
|
|
5837 #ifndef MACOS
|
|
|
5838 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5839 {
|
|
|
5840 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1));
|
|
|
5841 if (elem == NULL)
|
|
|
5842 return -1;
|
|
|
5843 env[i] = elem;
|
|
|
5844 strcpy(elem, environ[i]);
|
|
|
5845 }
|
|
|
5846 #endif
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 env[i] = 0;
|
|
|
5849 environ = env;
|
|
|
5850 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5851 return 0;
|
|
|
5852 }
|
|
|
5853
|
|
|
5854 static int
|
|
|
5855 moreenv()
|
|
|
5856 {
|
|
|
5857 int esize;
|
|
|
5858 char **env;
|
|
|
5859
|
|
|
5860 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE;
|
|
|
5861 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env));
|
|
|
5862 if (env == 0)
|
|
|
5863 return -1;
|
|
|
5864 environ = env;
|
|
|
5865 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5866 return 0;
|
|
|
5867 }
|
|
|
5868
|
|
|
5869 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV
|
|
|
5870 char_u *
|
|
|
5871 vimpty_getenv(string)
|
|
|
5872 const char_u *string;
|
|
|
5873 {
|
|
|
5874 int i;
|
|
|
5875 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5876
|
|
|
5877 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5878 return NULL;
|
|
|
5879
|
|
|
5880 i = findenv((char *)string);
|
|
|
5881
|
|
|
5882 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5883 return NULL;
|
|
|
5884
|
|
|
5885 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '=');
|
|
|
5886 return (p + 1);
|
|
|
5887 }
|
|
|
5888 # endif
|
|
|
5889
|
|
|
5890 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */
|
|
313
|
5891
|
|
741
|
5892 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
313
|
5893 /*
|
|
|
5894 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have
|
|
|
5895 * rights to write into.
|
|
|
5896 */
|
|
|
5897 int
|
|
|
5898 filewritable(fname)
|
|
|
5899 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
5900 {
|
|
|
5901 int retval = 0;
|
|
|
5902 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5903 int perm = 0;
|
|
|
5904 #endif
|
|
|
5905
|
|
|
5906 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5907 perm = mch_getperm(fname);
|
|
|
5908 #endif
|
|
|
5909 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */
|
|
|
5910 if (
|
|
|
5911 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5912 mch_writable(fname) &&
|
|
|
5913 # else
|
|
|
5914 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5915 (perm & 0222) &&
|
|
|
5916 # endif
|
|
|
5917 # endif
|
|
|
5918 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0
|
|
|
5919 )
|
|
|
5920 #endif
|
|
|
5921 {
|
|
|
5922 ++retval;
|
|
|
5923 if (mch_isdir(fname))
|
|
|
5924 ++retval;
|
|
|
5925 }
|
|
|
5926 return retval;
|
|
|
5927 }
|
|
|
5928 #endif
|
|
332
|
5929
|
|
|
5930 /*
|
|
|
5931 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments.
|
|
|
5932 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes.
|
|
|
5933 */
|
|
|
5934 int
|
|
|
5935 emsg3(s, a1, a2)
|
|
|
5936 char_u *s, *a1, *a2;
|
|
|
5937 {
|
|
840
|
5938 if (emsg_not_now())
|
|
332
|
5939 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */
|
|
1438
|
5940 #ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H
|
|
|
5941 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, a1, a2);
|
|
|
5942 #else
|
|
840
|
5943 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long_u)a1, (long_u)a2);
|
|
1438
|
5944 #endif
|
|
332
|
5945 return emsg(IObuff);
|
|
|
5946 }
|
|
|
5947
|
|
|
5948 /*
|
|
|
5949 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument.
|
|
|
5950 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes.
|
|
|
5951 */
|
|
|
5952 int
|
|
|
5953 emsgn(s, n)
|
|
|
5954 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5955 long n;
|
|
|
5956 {
|
|
840
|
5957 if (emsg_not_now())
|
|
332
|
5958 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */
|
|
|
5959 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n);
|
|
|
5960 return emsg(IObuff);
|
|
|
5961 }
|
